mirror of
https://git.lyx.org/repos/lyx.git
synced 2024-11-13 22:49:20 +00:00
60bca5b08c
- there is no need that we force Layout authors to look into the source code to be able to set a color in a layout file. - German Customization.lyx: adapt chapter 6 to the English version
21529 lines
322 KiB
Plaintext
21529 lines
322 KiB
Plaintext
#LyX 2.0 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
|
|
\lyxformat 413
|
|
\begin_document
|
|
\begin_header
|
|
\textclass scrbook
|
|
\begin_preamble
|
|
% Präambel nicht verändern!!!
|
|
%
|
|
% Die Präambel stellt sicher, dass das Benutzerhandbuch korrekt
|
|
% in die Formate pdf, ps und dvi exportiert werden kann.
|
|
% Wenn Probleme beim Exportieren auftreten, können Sie sich
|
|
% an das LyX-Dokumentationsteam wenden.
|
|
% EMail: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
|
|
|
|
% wenn pdflatex benutzt wird:
|
|
\usepackage{ifpdf}
|
|
\ifpdf
|
|
|
|
% Schrift für hübschere PDF-Ansichten
|
|
\IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}
|
|
{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
|
|
|
|
\fi % Ende von: wenn pdflatex benutzt wird
|
|
|
|
% Setzt den Link für Spruenge zu Gleitabbildungen
|
|
% auf den Anfang des Gelitobjekts und nicht aufs Ende
|
|
\usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
|
|
|
|
% Die Seiten des Inhaltsverzeichnisses werden römisch numeriert,
|
|
% ein PDF-Lesezeichen für das Inhaltsverzeichnis wird hinzugefügt
|
|
\let\myTOC\tableofcontents
|
|
\renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
|
|
\frontmatter
|
|
\pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
|
|
\myTOC
|
|
\mainmatter }
|
|
\end_preamble
|
|
\options fleqn,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,titlepage,captions=tableheading
|
|
\use_default_options false
|
|
\begin_modules
|
|
logicalmkup
|
|
\end_modules
|
|
\maintain_unincluded_children false
|
|
\begin_local_layout
|
|
Format 7
|
|
InsetLayout CharStyle:MenuItem
|
|
LyxType charstyle
|
|
LabelString menu
|
|
LatexType command
|
|
LatexName menuitem
|
|
Font
|
|
Family Sans
|
|
EndFont
|
|
Preamble
|
|
\newcommand*{\menuitem}[1]{{\sffamily #1}}
|
|
EndPreamble
|
|
End
|
|
# In case we need to do with sans...
|
|
#InsetLayout CharStyle:Code
|
|
#Font
|
|
#Family Sans
|
|
#EndFont
|
|
#Preamble
|
|
#\renewcommand{\code}[1]{{\sffamily #1}}
|
|
#EndPreamble
|
|
#End
|
|
\end_local_layout
|
|
\language ngerman
|
|
\language_package default
|
|
\inputencoding auto
|
|
\fontencoding global
|
|
\font_roman default
|
|
\font_sans default
|
|
\font_typewriter default
|
|
\font_default_family default
|
|
\use_non_tex_fonts false
|
|
\font_sc false
|
|
\font_osf false
|
|
\font_sf_scale 100
|
|
\font_tt_scale 100
|
|
|
|
\graphics default
|
|
\default_output_format default
|
|
\output_sync 0
|
|
\bibtex_command default
|
|
\index_command default
|
|
\paperfontsize 12
|
|
\spacing single
|
|
\use_hyperref true
|
|
\pdf_title "LyX-Anpassung: Möglichkeiten für fortgeschrittene Benutzer"
|
|
\pdf_author "LyX Team, deutsche Übersetzung: Peter Sütterlin, Leif Albers und Hartmut Haase"
|
|
\pdf_subject "LyX-Dokumentation, Anpassung"
|
|
\pdf_keywords "LyX, Dokumentation"
|
|
\pdf_bookmarks true
|
|
\pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
|
|
\pdf_bookmarksopen false
|
|
\pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
|
|
\pdf_breaklinks false
|
|
\pdf_pdfborder false
|
|
\pdf_colorlinks true
|
|
\pdf_backref false
|
|
\pdf_pdfusetitle false
|
|
\pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
|
|
\papersize default
|
|
\use_geometry false
|
|
\use_amsmath 0
|
|
\use_esint 0
|
|
\use_mhchem 0
|
|
\use_mathdots 0
|
|
\cite_engine basic
|
|
\use_bibtopic false
|
|
\use_indices false
|
|
\paperorientation portrait
|
|
\suppress_date false
|
|
\use_refstyle 0
|
|
\branch OutDated
|
|
\selected 0
|
|
\filename_suffix 0
|
|
\color #faf0e6
|
|
\end_branch
|
|
\index Stichwortverzeichnis
|
|
\shortcut idx
|
|
\color #008000
|
|
\end_index
|
|
\secnumdepth 3
|
|
\tocdepth 3
|
|
\paragraph_separation indent
|
|
\paragraph_indentation default
|
|
\quotes_language german
|
|
\papercolumns 1
|
|
\papersides 2
|
|
\paperpagestyle headings
|
|
\tracking_changes false
|
|
\output_changes false
|
|
\html_math_output 0
|
|
\html_css_as_file 0
|
|
\html_be_strict false
|
|
\end_header
|
|
|
|
\begin_body
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Title
|
|
LyX-Anpassung:
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Möglichkeiten für fortgeschrittene Benutzer
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Author
|
|
vom LyX-Team
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Übersetzung:
|
|
\noun on
|
|
Peter Sütterlin
|
|
\noun default
|
|
,
|
|
\noun on
|
|
Leif Albers
|
|
\noun default
|
|
und
|
|
\noun on
|
|
Hartmut
|
|
\noun default
|
|
|
|
\noun on
|
|
Haase
|
|
\noun default
|
|
(
|
|
\noun on
|
|
HHa
|
|
\noun default
|
|
, bis März 2010).
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Version 2.0.x
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset toc
|
|
LatexCommand tableofcontents
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Chapter
|
|
Einleitung
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
In diesem Teil der Dokumentation wird beschrieben, welche Möglichkeiten
|
|
LyX bietet, um es den eigenen Wünschen anzupassen.
|
|
Es werden Dinge wie Tastaturkürzel, Vorschau am Bildschirm, Optionen zum
|
|
Drucken, das Senden von Befehlen an LyX durch den LyX-Server, Internationalisie
|
|
rung, Installation neuer LaTeX-Klassen und LyX-Layouts usw.
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
behandelt.
|
|
Es kann hier nicht alles beschrieben werden, das an LyX individuell eingestellt
|
|
und verändert werden kann --- die Entwickler fügen Neuerungen schneller
|
|
ein, als wir sie dokumentieren können --- doch werden die grundlegenden
|
|
Fähigkeiten von LyX dokumentiert sowie für einige der etwas obskuren Hinweise
|
|
gegeben.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Mit der Version 1.1.6 von LyX wurde eine neue Schnittstelle zu den konfigurierbare
|
|
n Eigenschaften eingeführt, die Sie über den Menüpunkt
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Einstellungen
|
|
\family default
|
|
\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
|
aufrufen können.
|
|
Diese macht die weiter unten aufgeführten Erläuterungen zu den Konfigurationsda
|
|
teien von LyX nicht überflüssig, aber es vereinfacht doch den Prozess, LyX
|
|
an
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Ihre
|
|
\emph default
|
|
Bedürfnisse anzupassen.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Chapter
|
|
Die Konfigurationsdateien von LyX
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Dieses Kapitel soll Ihnen dabei helfen, sich mit den Konfigurationsdateien
|
|
von LyX vertraut zu machen.
|
|
Bevor Sie jedoch weiterlesen, sollten Sie herausfinden, wo sich das Systemverze
|
|
ichnis von LyX auf Ihrem Rechner befindet.
|
|
Sie erfahren dies über den Menüpunkt
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Hilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Über
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Ly
|
|
\begin_inset ERT
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
{}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
\family default
|
|
.
|
|
In diesem Verzeichnis speichert LyX alle systemweiten Konfigurationsdateien,
|
|
wir werden es im weiteren
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
Ly
|
|
\begin_inset ERT
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
{}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
XDir
|
|
\family default
|
|
nennen.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Section
|
|
Was befindet sich in
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
Ly
|
|
\begin_inset ERT
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
{}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
XDir
|
|
\family default
|
|
?
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Das Verzeichnis
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
Ly
|
|
\begin_inset ERT
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
{}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
XDir
|
|
\family default
|
|
sowie seine Unterverzeichnisse enthalten eine Anzahl Dateien, mit denen
|
|
das Verhalten von LyX beeinflusst werden kann.
|
|
Diese Dateien können direkt von LyX aus über den Dialog
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Einstellungen
|
|
\family default
|
|
\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
|
gelesen und geändert werden.
|
|
Fast alles, was Sie möglicherweise an LyX ändern wollen, können Sie hier
|
|
einstellen.
|
|
Jedoch können auch viele interne Dinge in LyX angepasst werden, indem man
|
|
diverse andere Dateien in
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
Ly
|
|
\begin_inset ERT
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
{}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
XDir
|
|
\family default
|
|
verändert.
|
|
Sie sind in verschiedene Kategorien unterteilt, die in den folgenden Unterabsch
|
|
nitten behandelt werden.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
|
Automatisch erzeugte Dateien
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Diese Dateien werden automatisch bei der Konfiguration von LyX erzeugt.
|
|
Sie enthalten verschiedene Standardwerte, die durch Untersuchung des Systems
|
|
ermittelt werden.
|
|
Normalerweise sollte man sie nicht verändern, da sie jederzeit von LyX
|
|
überschrieben werden können.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\series medium
|
|
lyxrc.defaults
|
|
\family default
|
|
\series default
|
|
enthält Standardwerte für diverse Befehle.
|
|
Einstellungen, die Ihnen nicht zusagen, können einfach über
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Einstellungen
|
|
\family default
|
|
\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
|
verändert werden.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\series medium
|
|
packages.lst
|
|
\family default
|
|
\series default
|
|
enthält eine Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
|
|
listung aller LaTeX-Pakete, die von LyX erkannt wurden.
|
|
Derzeit wird diese Liste von LyX selber nicht benutzt, jedoch ist die Informati
|
|
on, zusammen mit einigem anderen, über den Menüpunkt
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Hilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
LaTe
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset ERT
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
{}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
|
X
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Konfiguration
|
|
\family default
|
|
zugänglich.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\series medium
|
|
textclass.lst
|
|
\family default
|
|
\series default
|
|
ist eine Liste mit den im Verzeichnis
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
layout
|
|
\family default
|
|
gefundenen Textklassen, zusammen mit den entsprechenden LaTeX-Dokumentenklassen
|
|
und einer kurzen Beschreibung.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
doc/LaTe
|
|
\begin_inset ERT
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
{}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
XConfig.lyx
|
|
\family default
|
|
wird bei der Konfiguration aus der Datei
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
LaTe
|
|
\begin_inset ERT
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
{}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
XConfig.
|
|
\begin_inset Newline linebreak
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
lyx.in
|
|
\family default
|
|
erzeugt.
|
|
Jeder Eintrag der Form
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
@chk_bla@
|
|
\family default
|
|
wird dabei durch
|
|
\emph on
|
|
yes
|
|
\emph default
|
|
oder
|
|
\emph on
|
|
no
|
|
\emph default
|
|
ersetzt, je nachdem, ob das Paket
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
bla
|
|
\family default
|
|
gefunden wurde.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
|
Verzeichnisse
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\series medium
|
|
bind/
|
|
\family default
|
|
\series default
|
|
Dieses Verzeichnis enthält Dateien mit der Endung
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
.bind
|
|
\family default
|
|
.
|
|
In ihnen werden die Tastenkombinationen festgelegt, mit denen Sie Menüs
|
|
öffnen und Bearbeitungsoperationen direkt starten können.
|
|
Falls eine Datei
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
$LANG_xxx.bind
|
|
\family default
|
|
mit einer an die internationalisierte Version von LyX angepassten Tastenbelegun
|
|
g existiert, wird diese bevorzugt geladen.
|
|
Näheres dazu finden Sie in Kapitel
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand vref
|
|
reference "cha:Internationales-LyX"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\series medium
|
|
clipart/
|
|
\family default
|
|
\series default
|
|
Hier sind einige PostScript-Bilder gespeichert, die Sie in Ihre Dokumente
|
|
einbinden können.
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\series medium
|
|
doc/
|
|
\family default
|
|
\series default
|
|
Enthält die Dateien der LyX-Dokumentation (einschließlich der, die Sie
|
|
gerade lesen).
|
|
Eine kleine Ausnahmestellung hat die bereits beschriebene Datei
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
LaTe
|
|
\begin_inset ERT
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
{}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
XConfig.lyx
|
|
\family default
|
|
.
|
|
Auch hier wird eine übersetzte Version mit dem Vorsatz
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
$LANG_
|
|
\family default
|
|
vor dem Dateinamen zuerst gesucht und, falls vorhanden, geladen.
|
|
Siehe dazu Kapitel
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand vref
|
|
reference "cha:Internationales-LyX"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\series medium
|
|
examples/
|
|
\family default
|
|
\series default
|
|
Enthält Beispieldateien, die erläutern, wie Sie die unterschiedlichen Möglichke
|
|
iten von LyX nutzen können.
|
|
Verwenden Sie die Schaltfläche
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Beispiele
|
|
\family default
|
|
im Dateiauswahlmenü, um in dieses Verzeichnis zu gelangen.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
images/[math/]
|
|
\family default
|
|
Enthält Bilddateien, die von der Dialogbox
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Aufzählungszeichen
|
|
\family default
|
|
im Menü
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Do\SpecialChar \-
|
|
ku\SpecialChar \-
|
|
ment
|
|
\family default
|
|
\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Einstellungen
|
|
\family default
|
|
benötigt werden.
|
|
Außerdem finden Sie hier die unterschiedlichen Icons für die Werkzeugleiste
|
|
und das Bild für den Startbildschirm.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\series medium
|
|
kbd/
|
|
\family default
|
|
\series default
|
|
Hier sind die Definitionsdateien für die Tastaturbelegung gespeichert.
|
|
Näheres dazu finden Sie im Abschnitt
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sec:Internationale-Tastaturtabellen"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\series medium
|
|
layouts/
|
|
\family default
|
|
\series default
|
|
Hier werden die in Abschnitt
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "cha:Installieren-neuer-Textklassen"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
beschriebenen Layoutdateien für die unterschiedlichen Dokumentenklassen
|
|
gespeichert.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
lyx2lyx
|
|
\family default
|
|
/ Enthält Dateien, die für die Konvertierung zwischen verschiedenen LyX
|
|
\begin_inset ERT
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
"=
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Versionen benötigt werden.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
scripts
|
|
\family default
|
|
/
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
templates
|
|
\family default
|
|
/ Enthält die Vorlagendateien, die Ihnen bei
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Neu
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
von
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Vorlage
|
|
\family default
|
|
präsentiert werden, siehe Abschnitt
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sub:Vorlagen-erstellen"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
tex/
|
|
\family default
|
|
Einige LyX-spezifische LaTeX-Textklassen- (
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
.cls
|
|
\family default
|
|
) und -Stildateien
|
|
\begin_inset Newline linebreak
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
(.
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
sty
|
|
\family default
|
|
).
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
ui/
|
|
\family default
|
|
Hier finden Sie Dateien mit der Endung
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
.ui
|
|
\family default
|
|
, die die Benutzerschnitt\SpecialChar \-
|
|
stel\SpecialChar \-
|
|
le von LyX festlegen, also welche Einträge
|
|
in welchen Menüs sind, und wie die Werkzeugleiste zusammengesetzt ist.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
|
Dateien, die Sie nicht verändern sollten
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Die folgenden Dateien werden intern von LyX verwendet.
|
|
Sie sollten im Normalfall nur von den Entwicklern editiert werden.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\series medium
|
|
CREDITS
|
|
\family default
|
|
\series default
|
|
Diese Datei enthält eine Liste der Entwickler.
|
|
Ihr Inhalt wird über die Menüauswahl
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Hilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Über
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Ly
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset ERT
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
{}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
|
X
|
|
\family default
|
|
angezeigt.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\series medium
|
|
chkconfig.ltx
|
|
\family default
|
|
\series default
|
|
ist ein LaTeX-Skript, das bei der Konfiguration verwendet wird.
|
|
Starten Sie es nie direkt.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\series medium
|
|
configure
|
|
\family default
|
|
\series default
|
|
ist das eigentliche Skript, das zur Neukonfiguration von LyX verwendet
|
|
wird.
|
|
Es erzeugt die Konfigurationsdateien in dem Verzeichnis, von dem aus es
|
|
aufgerufen wurde.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
|
Andere Dateien
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
encodings
|
|
\family default
|
|
Die hier enthaltene Tabelle beschreibt, wie die unterschiedlichen Zeichenkodier
|
|
ungen in Unicode dargestellt werden.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
external_templates
|
|
\family default
|
|
Diese Datei enthält die Vorlagen für das neue
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Externes
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Material
|
|
\family default
|
|
-Modul.
|
|
Siehe dazu Kapitel
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand vref
|
|
reference "cha:Externes-Material-einfügen"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
languages
|
|
\family default
|
|
Eine Liste mit allen derzeit von LyX unterstützten Sprachen.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
lyxrc.example
|
|
\family default
|
|
Veraltet.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Section
|
|
Das lokale Konfigurationsverzeichnis
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Eventuell benutzen Sie LyX als normaler Benutzer und wollen dennoch einige
|
|
Einstellungen der Konfiguration ändern.
|
|
Zu diesem Zweck gibt es ein benutzereigenes Verzeichnis
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
UserDir
|
|
\family default
|
|
, in dem Ihre gesamte persönliche Konfiguration gespeichert wird.
|
|
Der Name dieses Verzeichnisses wird als
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Benutzerverzeichnis
|
|
\emph default
|
|
in
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Hilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Über
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Ly
|
|
\begin_inset ERT
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
{}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
\family default
|
|
angezeigt.
|
|
Dieses Verzeichnis wird als Spiegelung des systemweiten Verzeichnisses
|
|
verwendet.
|
|
Das bedeutet, dass jede Datei, die Sie dort speichern, die entsprechende
|
|
Datei im Systemverzeichnis ersetzt.
|
|
Jede der im vorigen Abschnitt beschriebenen Konfigurationsdateien kann
|
|
sich entweder im Systemverzeichnis
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
Ly
|
|
\begin_inset ERT
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
{}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
XDir
|
|
\family default
|
|
oder aber in Ihrem privaten Verzeichnis befinden.
|
|
Im ersten Fall gelten die Einstellungen für alle Benutzer, im zweiten Fall
|
|
nur für Sie.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Dies lässt sich an einigen Beispielen leichter erklären:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
|
Um eine LyX Version älter als 1.1.6 umzukonfigurieren, musste der Benutzer
|
|
zunächst die Datei
|
|
\begin_inset Flex URL
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
LyXDir/lyxrc.example
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Note Note
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
HHa: wie bereits im Benutzerhandbuch erwähnt, ist URL eine einfache Möglichkeit,
|
|
um Schreibmaschinenformat umzubrechen.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
nach
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
UserDir/lyxrc
|
|
\family default
|
|
kopieren und diese dann manuell editieren.
|
|
Neuere Versionen von LyX lesen diese Datei zwar noch, wenn sie in
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
UserDir
|
|
\family default
|
|
gefunden wird, aber alle Änderungen, die über den neuen Dialog
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Einstellungen
|
|
\family default
|
|
\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
|
gemacht werden, werden in der Datei
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
preferences
|
|
\family default
|
|
gespeichert.
|
|
Danach (das heißt wenn
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
preferences
|
|
\family default
|
|
gefunden wird) wird die alte
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
lyxrc
|
|
\family default
|
|
nicht mehr eingelesen und kann gelöscht werden.
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
|
Wenn Sie mit dem Menüpunkt
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Neu
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
konfigurieren
|
|
\family default
|
|
eine Neukonfiguration von LyX durchführen, werden die dabei erzeugten Dateien
|
|
in Ihrem privaten Konfigurationsverzeichnis
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
UserDir
|
|
\family default
|
|
gespeichert.
|
|
Das bedeutet, dass ab sofort etwaige neue Dokumentenklassen, die Sie in
|
|
Ihrem Verzeichnis
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
UserDir/layouts
|
|
\family default
|
|
gespeichert haben, im Feld
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Dokumentklasse
|
|
\family default
|
|
des Dialoges
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Dokument
|
|
\family default
|
|
\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Einstellungen
|
|
\family default
|
|
\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
|
erscheinen.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
|
Falls Sie irgendwelche Dateien für neue LaTeX-Dokumentenklassen in einem
|
|
Verzeichnis installiert haben, das LaTeX über die Umgebungsvariable
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
TEX\SpecialChar \-
|
|
IN\SpecialChar \-
|
|
PUTS
|
|
\family default
|
|
findet, können auch diese in LyX verwendet werden.
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
vorausgesetzt, es gibt auch eine
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
.layout
|
|
\family default
|
|
-Datei dafür.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
|
Wenn Sie sich von einem LyX-FTP-Server eine aktuellere Version (oder zum
|
|
Beispiel diese deutsche Version) der Dokumentation besorgt haben, sie aber
|
|
nicht
|
|
\emph on
|
|
offiziell
|
|
\emph default
|
|
installieren können, da Sie keine Systemadministratorrechte haben, können
|
|
Sie diese Dateien einfach nach
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
UserDir/doc
|
|
\family default
|
|
kopieren, und sie werden automatisch über das
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Hilfe
|
|
\family default
|
|
-Menü geöffnet.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Section
|
|
LyX mit mehreren Konfigurationen
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Die hochgradige Konfigurierbarkeit von LyX durch das lokale Verzeichnis
|
|
wird für diejenigen nicht ausreichend sein, die parallel mehrere unterschiedlic
|
|
he Konfigurationen verwenden wollen, zum Beispiel unterschiedliche Tastaturkürze
|
|
l und/oder Druckerkonfigurationen.
|
|
Sie können dies durch das Anlegen von mehreren Konfigurationsverzeichnissen
|
|
erreichen und LyX jeweils beim Start mitteilen, welches davon verwendet
|
|
werden soll.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Indem Sie LyX mit der Option
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
-userdir
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\emph on
|
|
<verzeichnis>
|
|
\family default
|
|
\emph default
|
|
starten, erreichen Sie, dass die Konfiguration aus diesem Verzeichnis anstelle
|
|
des Standardverzeichnisses gelesen wird (das Standardverzeichnis ermitteln
|
|
Sie, indem Sie LyX ohne diese Option starten).
|
|
Falls das so angegebene Verzeichnis noch nicht existiert, fragt LyX genau
|
|
wie beim ersten Start nach, ob es angelegt werden soll.
|
|
Die Konfiguration in diesem Verzeichnis können Sie dann wie im Normalfall
|
|
in LyX verändern, die Einstellungen im Standardverzeichnis werden aber
|
|
nicht verändert -- beide Verzeichnisse sind völlig unabhängig.
|
|
Anstelle der Kommandozeilenoption können Sie übrigens auch die Umgebungsvariabl
|
|
e
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
LYX_USERDIR_20x
|
|
\family default
|
|
auf das zu verwendende Verzeichnis setzen.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Unterschiedliche Konfigurationsverzeichnisse bedeuten aber auch zusätzlichen
|
|
Aufwand: Wenn Sie etwa eine neue Layoutdatei in
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
UserDir/layouts
|
|
\family default
|
|
hinzufügen und diese für alle Konfigurationen sichtbar sein soll, müssen
|
|
Sie sie in
|
|
\emph on
|
|
allen
|
|
\emph default
|
|
Verzeichnissen separat hinzufügen.
|
|
Sie können das jedoch mit einem Trick umgehen: Nachdem LyX das neue UserDir
|
|
angelegt hat, sind praktisch alle Unterverzeichnisse (siehe oben) leer.
|
|
Sie können also all diese Verzeichnis durch einen symbolischen Link auf
|
|
das entsprechende Verzeichnis im originalen
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
UserDir
|
|
\family default
|
|
ersetzen.
|
|
Lediglich mit dem Verzeichnis
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
doc
|
|
\family default
|
|
müssen Sie vorsichtig sein, denn dort wird eine Datei durch das Konfigurationss
|
|
kript (
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Neu
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
konfigurieren
|
|
\family default
|
|
) abgelegt, die konfigurationsabhängig ist.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Chapter
|
|
Der Dialog Werkzeuge
|
|
\family sans
|
|
\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
Ei
|
|
\family sans
|
|
nstellungen
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Section
|
|
Formate
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
|
LatexCommand label
|
|
name "sec:Formate"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Als ersten Schritt müssen Sie Ihre Dateiformate definieren, wenn das nicht
|
|
bereits passiert ist.
|
|
Dazu öffnen Sie
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Datei-Handhabung\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Dateiformate
|
|
\family default
|
|
und klicken auf
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Neu
|
|
\family default
|
|
.
|
|
Das
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Format
|
|
\family default
|
|
-Feld enthält den Namen, unter dem das Format im GUI identifiziert wird.
|
|
Im Feld
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Einsortieren
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
als
|
|
\family default
|
|
steht der Name, mit dem das Format intern identifiziert wird.
|
|
Außerdem muss eine
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Dateiendung
|
|
\family default
|
|
festgelegt werden.
|
|
Diese drei Felder sind erforderlich.
|
|
Zusätzlich kann ein
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Tastenkürzel
|
|
\family default
|
|
definiert werden.
|
|
Zum Beispiel bedeutet
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Strg+D
|
|
\family default
|
|
:
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Ansicht\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
DVI
|
|
\family default
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Ein Format kann ein
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Bearbeitungsprogramm
|
|
\family default
|
|
und ein
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Anzeigeprogramm
|
|
\family default
|
|
haben.
|
|
Am Beispiel von JPEG-Dateien steht bei mir in beiden Feldern
|
|
\family sans
|
|
gimp
|
|
\family default
|
|
.
|
|
Was bei Ihnen steht, hängt von der Software-Ausstattung Ihres PCs ab.
|
|
Zum Definieren des Befehls können auch die vier Variablen aus dem nächsten
|
|
Abschnitt benutzt werden.
|
|
Das
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Bearbeitungsprogramm
|
|
\family default
|
|
wird aufgerufen, wenn Sie nach einem Rechtsklick auf ein Bild
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Datei
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
extern
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
bearbeiten
|
|
\family default
|
|
auswählen.
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Wenn
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Dokumentformat
|
|
\family default
|
|
angekreuzt ist, weiß LyX, dass das Format für den Dokumentexport geeignet
|
|
ist.
|
|
Wenn dann auch noch ein geeigneter Konverter existiert (siehe Abschnitt
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "Konverter"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
), wird das Format unter
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Exportieren
|
|
\family default
|
|
erscheinen.
|
|
Außerdem wird es im
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Ansicht
|
|
\family default
|
|
-Menü erscheinen, wenn ein
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Anzeigeprogramm
|
|
\family default
|
|
angegeben wurde.
|
|
Reine Grafikformate wie
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
png
|
|
\family default
|
|
sollten diese Option nicht benutzen, dagegen aber Formate, die sowohl Vektorgra
|
|
fiken als auch Dokumente repräsentieren wie
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
pdf
|
|
\family default
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Die Option
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Vektorgrafik-Format
|
|
\family default
|
|
sagt LyX, dass ein Format Vektorgrafiken ent\SpecialChar \-
|
|
halten kann.
|
|
Diese Information wird dazu benutzt, um ein Zielformat für eingefügte Grafiken
|
|
für den
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
pdflatex
|
|
\family default
|
|
-Export zu bestimmen.
|
|
Eingefügte Grafiken müs\SpecialChar \-
|
|
sen nach
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
pdf
|
|
\family default
|
|
,
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
png
|
|
\family default
|
|
oder
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
jpg
|
|
\family default
|
|
konvertiert werden, weil
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
pdflatex
|
|
\family default
|
|
keine anderen Grafikformate handhaben kann.
|
|
Hat eine eingefügte Grafik bereits eines der Formate, wird sie nach pdf
|
|
konvertiert, wenn
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Vektorgrafik-Format
|
|
\family default
|
|
angekreuzt ist, sonst nach
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
png
|
|
\family default
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Section
|
|
Kopierer
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Weil alle Konvertierungen im temporären Verzeichnis von LyX stattfinden,
|
|
muss eine Datei manchmal geändert werden bevor sie ins temporäre Verzeichnis
|
|
kopiert wird, damit die Konvertierung durchgeführt werden kann.
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Wenn die Datei beispielsweise auf andere Dateien mit relativen Pfaden verweist
|
|
-- vielleicht Bilder -- und diese Pfade beim Kopieren ungültig werden.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Das macht ein Kopierer: er kopiert eine Datei ins (oder vom) temporären
|
|
Verzeichnis und ändert sie dabei.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Die Definitionen der Kopierer können vier Variablen benutzen:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
$$s
|
|
\family default
|
|
ist das Systemverzeichnis von LyX (zum Beispiel
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
/usr/local/bin/
|
|
\begin_inset Newline linebreak
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
lyx
|
|
\family default
|
|
).
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
$$i
|
|
\family default
|
|
ist die Eingabedatei.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
$$o
|
|
\family default
|
|
ist die Ausgabedatei.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
$$l
|
|
\family default
|
|
ist der
|
|
\emph on
|
|
LaTeX-Name
|
|
\emph default
|
|
.
|
|
Dies sollte der Dateiname sein, den LaTeX im
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
include
|
|
\family default
|
|
-Befehl benutzt.
|
|
Er ist nur dann relevant, wenn die expor\SpecialChar \-
|
|
tier\SpecialChar \-
|
|
ten Dateien für den Befehl
|
|
geeignet sind.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Kopierer können benutzt werden, um
|
|
\emph on
|
|
fast
|
|
\emph default
|
|
alles mit Ausgabedateien zu machen.
|
|
Wenn Sie zum Beispiel
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
pdf
|
|
\family default
|
|
-Dateien in ein spezielles Verzeichnis kopieren wollen, können Sie ein Shell-Skr
|
|
ipt wie folgt schreiben:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
#!/bin/bash
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
FROMFILE=$1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
TOFILE=`basename $2`
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
cp $FROMFILE /home/you/pdf/$TOFILE
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Speichern Sie das Skript ausführbar in Ihrem lokalen LyX-Verzeichnis --
|
|
etwa
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
/home/you/lyx/scripts/pdfkopierer.sh
|
|
\family default
|
|
.
|
|
Dann wählen Sie in
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Ein\SpecialChar \-
|
|
stel\SpecialChar \-
|
|
lun\SpecialChar \-
|
|
gen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Datei-Handhabung\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Dateiformate
|
|
\family default
|
|
das Format
|
|
\family sans
|
|
PDF
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
(pdflatex)
|
|
\family default
|
|
und tragen im Kopierer-Feld
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
pdfkopierer.sh $$i $$o
|
|
\family default
|
|
ein.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Kopierer werden von LyX in vielen eigenen Konvertierungen benutzt.
|
|
Wenn auf dem PC geeignete Programme installiert sind, wird LyX automatisch
|
|
Kopierer für
|
|
\family sans
|
|
HTML
|
|
\family default
|
|
und
|
|
\family sans
|
|
HTML
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
(MS
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Word)
|
|
\family default
|
|
installieren.
|
|
Wenn diese Formate exportiert werden,
|
|
\emph on
|
|
sieht
|
|
\emph default
|
|
der Kopierer, dass nicht nur die Haupt-HTML-Datei, sondern auch verschiedene
|
|
zugehörige Dateien (Stildateien, Bilder usw.) kopiert werden müssen.
|
|
All diese Dateien werden in ein Unterverzeichnis des Verzeichnisses geschrieben
|
|
, in dem die LyX-Datei steht.
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
|
status open
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Kopierer können angepasst werden.
|
|
Der optionale Parameter
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
-e
|
|
\family default
|
|
kann eine durch Kommata getrennte Liste von Erweiterungen enthalten, die
|
|
mitkopiert werden sollen.
|
|
Wenn es fehlt, werden alle Dateien kopiert.
|
|
Der Parameter
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
-t
|
|
\family default
|
|
bestimmt die Namenserweiterung, die an den erzeugten Verzeichnisnamen angehängt
|
|
werden soll.
|
|
Standardmäßig ist es
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Ly
|
|
\begin_inset ERT
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
{}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Xconv
|
|
\family default
|
|
, so dass die aus
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
Datei.lyx
|
|
\family default
|
|
erzeugte HTML-Datei im Unterverzeichnis
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
Datei.html.Ly
|
|
\begin_inset ERT
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
{}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Xconv
|
|
\family default
|
|
landet.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Section
|
|
Konverter
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
|
LatexCommand label
|
|
name "Konverter"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Sie können eigene Konverter in
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Ein\SpecialChar \-
|
|
stel\SpecialChar \-
|
|
lun\SpecialChar \-
|
|
gen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Datei-Handhabung\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Kon\SpecialChar \-
|
|
verter
|
|
\family default
|
|
definieren.
|
|
Dazu wählen aus
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Von
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Format
|
|
\family default
|
|
und
|
|
\family sans
|
|
In
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Format
|
|
\family default
|
|
jeweils eins aus, schreiben den benötigten Befehl ins Feld
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Konverter
|
|
\family default
|
|
und klicken auf
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Hinzufügen
|
|
\family default
|
|
rechts oben.
|
|
Sie können im Befehl mehrere Variablen benutzen:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
$$s
|
|
\family default
|
|
ist das Systemverzeichnis von LyX (zum Beispiel
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
/usr/local/bin/
|
|
\begin_inset Newline linebreak
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
lyx
|
|
\family default
|
|
).
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
$$i
|
|
\family default
|
|
ist die Eingabedatei.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
$$o
|
|
\family default
|
|
ist die Ausgabedatei.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
$$b
|
|
\family default
|
|
ist der Dateiname ohne Erweiterung (siehe Linux-Befehl
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
basename
|
|
\family default
|
|
).
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
$$p
|
|
\family default
|
|
ist der Pfad zur Eingabedatei.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
$$r
|
|
\family default
|
|
ist der Pfad zur ursprünglichen Eingabedatei.
|
|
Wenn eine Kette von Konvertern aufgerufen wird, weicht er von
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
$$p
|
|
\family default
|
|
ab.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Ins Feld Zusatz-Flag können Sie folgende, durch Kommata getrennte, Flags
|
|
schrei\SpecialChar \-
|
|
ben:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
latex
|
|
\family default
|
|
Damit ein besonderer LaTeX-Lauf gestartet, der die LaTeX-Fehlermel\SpecialChar \-
|
|
dun\SpecialChar \-
|
|
gen
|
|
von LyX verfügbar macht.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
needaux
|
|
\family default
|
|
benötigt die LaTeX-Datei
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
xyz.aux
|
|
\family default
|
|
zur Konvertierung.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
xml
|
|
\family default
|
|
Damit wird die Ausgabe im XML-Format gespeichert.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Die folgenden Flags sind keine richtigen, weil sie ein Argument der Form
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
key=value
|
|
\family default
|
|
benutzen:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
parselog
|
|
\family default
|
|
Wenn das gesetzt ist, wird der Standardfehler des Konverters in die Datei
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
infile.out
|
|
\family default
|
|
umgeleitet, und das Skript wird so ausgeführt:
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
script
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
<
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
infile.out
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
>
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
infile.log
|
|
\family default
|
|
.
|
|
Das Argument kann
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
$$s
|
|
\family default
|
|
ent\SpecialChar \-
|
|
halten.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
resultdir
|
|
\family default
|
|
ist der Name des Verzeichnisses, in dem der Konverter die erzeugten Dateien
|
|
ablegen soll.
|
|
LyX wird das Verzeichnis nicht anlegen und auch nichts hineinkopieren,
|
|
aber dieses Verzeichnis an seinen Bestimmungs\SpecialChar \-
|
|
ort kopieren.
|
|
Das Argument darf
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
$$b
|
|
\family default
|
|
enthalten, was durch die Basisnamen von Ein- oder Ausgabedatei ersetzt
|
|
wird, wenn das Verzeichnis kopiert wird.
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Beachten Sie, das
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
resultdir
|
|
\family default
|
|
und
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
usetempdir
|
|
\family default
|
|
zusammen keinen Sinn machen.
|
|
Wenn das erste definiert wurde, wird das zweite ignoriert.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
resultfile
|
|
\family default
|
|
ist der Name der Ausgabedatei und darf
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
$$b
|
|
\family default
|
|
enthalten.
|
|
Er wird nur zusammen mit
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
resultdir
|
|
\family default
|
|
benutzt und ist auch da nur optional.
|
|
Wenn er nicht angegeben wird, wird
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
index
|
|
\family default
|
|
benutzt.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Keines dieser Flags wird zur Zeit in einem Konverter benutzt, der zusammen
|
|
mit LyX installiert wird.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Sie müssen nicht für alle Formate, zwischen denen Sie konvertieren wollen,
|
|
Konverter definieren.
|
|
Zum Beispiel gibt es keinen Konverter von LyX nach PostScript, aber LyX
|
|
wird PostScript exportieren.
|
|
Dies geschieht, indem zunächst eine LaTeX-Datei erzeugt wird -- dafür wird
|
|
auch kein Konverter benötigt --, die dann mit dem Konverter von LyX nach
|
|
DVI in eine DVI-Datei konvertiert wird, die schließlich nach PostScript
|
|
konvertiert wird.
|
|
LyX findet solche Konverter-Ketten automatisch und wird immer die kürzeste
|
|
finden.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Trotzdem können Sie Mehrfachkonversionen zwischen Dateiformaten definieren.
|
|
Zum Beispiel liefert die Standardkonfiguration von LyX drei Möglichkeiten,
|
|
um von LaTeX nach PDF zu konvertieren:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
|
direkt mit
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
pdflatex
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
|
mit
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
ps2pdf
|
|
\family default
|
|
über DVI und PostScript
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
|
mit
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
dvipdfm
|
|
\family default
|
|
über DVI.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Um andere Ketten zu definieren, müssen Sie andere Ziel-
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Dateiformate
|
|
\emph default
|
|
definieren, wie in Abschnitt
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand vref
|
|
reference "sec:Formate"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
beschrieben.
|
|
Zum Beispiel enthält die Standardkonfiguration drei Formate für pdf-Dateien,
|
|
die
|
|
\family sans
|
|
pdf
|
|
\family default
|
|
für
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
ps2pdf
|
|
\family default
|
|
,
|
|
\family sans
|
|
pdf2
|
|
\family default
|
|
für
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
pdflatex
|
|
\family default
|
|
und
|
|
\family sans
|
|
pdf3
|
|
\family default
|
|
für
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
dvipdfm
|
|
\family default
|
|
heißen.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Chapter
|
|
Internationales LyX
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
|
LatexCommand label
|
|
name "cha:Internationales-LyX"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Anmerkung des Übersetzers: Dieses Kapitel behandelt zwei Themenbereiche.
|
|
Einmal wird in
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand vref
|
|
reference "sec:Eine-andere-Sprache"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
und
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand vref
|
|
reference "sec:Tastaturkürzel-für-andere"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
erklärt, wie man LyX mitteilt, dass man in einer fremdsprachlichen Umgebung
|
|
arbeitet.
|
|
Der überwiegende Rest des Kapitels erläutert, wie man LyX an eine neue
|
|
Sprache anpasst, das heißt wie man es übersetzt.
|
|
Da diese Arbeiten für eine deutsche Umgebung bereits erledigt wurden, dürfte
|
|
dieser Teil des Kapitels für die Leser dieser Übersetzung weitgehend uninteress
|
|
ant sein.
|
|
Die letzten beiden Abschnitte,
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand vref
|
|
reference "sec:Internationale-Tastaturbelegung"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
und
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand vref
|
|
reference "sec:Internationale-Tastaturtabellen"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
, waren bei der Übersetzung noch nicht ganz up to date.
|
|
(Leif Albers)
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
LyX kann mit übersetzten Versionen seiner Benutzerschnittstelle arbeiten.
|
|
Als dieser Text erstellt wurde, waren über den normalen englischen Text
|
|
Anpassungen für 23 Sprachen Bestandteil der LyX-Distribution.
|
|
Die von Ihnen benutze Sprache zeigt Ihnen der Befehl
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
locale
|
|
\family default
|
|
.
|
|
(Für weitere Informationen über
|
|
\emph on
|
|
locale
|
|
\emph default
|
|
-Definitionen ist die Manpage
|
|
\emph on
|
|
locale(5)
|
|
\emph default
|
|
ein guter Startpunkt.)
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Bitte beachten Sie, dass diese Übersetzungen zwar funktionieren, aber oft
|
|
ein paar Einschränkungen unterliegen.
|
|
Insbesondere wurde das Design der Popup-Menüs auf den englischen Text zugeschni
|
|
tten.
|
|
Das bedeutet, dass der übersetzte Text an einigen Stellen mehr Platz benötigt
|
|
als dort zur Verfügung steht.
|
|
Dies ist natürlich nur ein Darstellungsproblem und schränkt nicht die Funktions
|
|
weise von LyX ein.
|
|
Sie werden auch feststellen, dass einige Übersetzungen nicht für alle Menüpunkt
|
|
e Tastenkürzel definieren.
|
|
Manchmal stehen einfach nicht genügend freie Buchstaben zur Verfügung,
|
|
manchmal hatte der Übersetzer einfach bisher keine Zeit, sich darum zu
|
|
kümmern.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Wir werden versuchen, diese Dinge in einer späteren Version zu korrigieren.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Section
|
|
Eine andere Sprache für die Schnittstelle auswählen
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
|
LatexCommand label
|
|
name "sec:Eine-andere-Sprache"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Normalerweise erfolgt die gesamte Benutzerführung in der Sprache, die in
|
|
der Umgebungsvariablen
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
LANG
|
|
\family default
|
|
gesetzt wurde.
|
|
Um eine andere Sprache auszuwählen, müssen Sie die Umgebungsvariable
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
LANG
|
|
\family default
|
|
ändern.
|
|
Benutzen Sie
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
setenv LANG xx
|
|
\family default
|
|
in csh-kompatiblen und
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
export LANG=xx
|
|
\family default
|
|
in sh-kompatiblen Shells.
|
|
Ersetzen Sie dabei
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
xx
|
|
\family default
|
|
durch den Zwei-Buchstaben-Code der Sprache, die Sie verwenden möchten --
|
|
zum Beispiel
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
de
|
|
\family default
|
|
für deutsch.
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Noch besser wäre es,
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
LANG
|
|
\family default
|
|
auf den Wert de_DE zu setzen, da andere Programme (zum Beispiel KDE) nach
|
|
DE suchen, oder sogar den vollständigen Wert de_DE.iso88591
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Normalerweise werden Sie den passenden Befehl in eine der Startdateien einfügen,
|
|
also zum Beispiel in
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
~/.Xsession
|
|
\family default
|
|
,
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
~/.xinitrc
|
|
\family default
|
|
oder
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
~/.bashrc
|
|
\family default
|
|
, damit die übersetzte Schnittstelle automatisch benutzt wird.
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Beachten Sie, dass all dies
|
|
\emph on
|
|
nicht
|
|
\emph default
|
|
funktioniert, wenn Sie LyX mit der Option
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
--disable\SpecialChar \-
|
|
nls
|
|
\family default
|
|
kompiliert haben.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Section
|
|
Tastaturkürzel für andere Sprachen anpassen
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
|
LatexCommand label
|
|
name "sec:Tastaturkürzel-für-andere"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Ein Hauptgrund für Inkonsistenzen in übersetzten LyX-Versionen ist die Tatsache,
|
|
dass alle Tastaturkürzel für die Menüfunktionen ursprünglich auf den englischen
|
|
Text zugeschnitten wurden.
|
|
Das heißt, unabhängig vom tatsächlichen Menüeintrag wird das Kürzel
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Strg+Umschalt+N
|
|
\family default
|
|
das Popup
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
new-file-from-template
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
new-file-from-template
|
|
\family default
|
|
ist der LyX-interne Befehl, der das Menü
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Neu
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
von
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Vorlage
|
|
\family default
|
|
\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
|
auswählt.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
öffnen.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Es ist allerdings einfach, dies zu ändern, da alle Tastenkürzel für die
|
|
Menüfunktionen in einer einzigen Datei definiert werden, in
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
Ly
|
|
\begin_inset ERT
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
{}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
XDir/bind/menus.bind
|
|
\family default
|
|
.
|
|
Jeder Anwender kann eine eigene Version dieser Datei in sein privates LyX-Verze
|
|
ichnis (
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
~/.lyx/bind
|
|
\family default
|
|
) kopieren und verändern.
|
|
Diese wird anstelle der systemweiten Datei eingelesen.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
In diesem privaten Verzeichnis kann man die Definitionen einfach ändern,
|
|
zum Beispiel von
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Strg+Umschalt+N
|
|
\family default
|
|
nach
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Strg+D+V
|
|
\family default
|
|
(für
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Neu
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
von
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Vorlage
|
|
\family default
|
|
\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
|
).
|
|
Für einige Sprachen existieren schon angepasste Versionen
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
Ly
|
|
\begin_inset ERT
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
{}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
XDir/bind/
|
|
\series bold
|
|
xx
|
|
\series default
|
|
_me\SpecialChar \-
|
|
nus.bind
|
|
\family default
|
|
(
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\series bold
|
|
xx
|
|
\family default
|
|
\series default
|
|
bezeichnet den Code der Sprache).
|
|
Diese werden von LyX automatisch benutzt, sofern sie existieren (und Ihre
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
locale
|
|
\emph default
|
|
auf
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
$LANG=
|
|
\series bold
|
|
xx
|
|
\family default
|
|
\series default
|
|
gesetzt wurde).
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Sie müssen darauf achten, dass neue Definitionen nicht mit anderen, vorangehende
|
|
n Definitionen kollidieren.
|
|
Beispielsweise würde die oben genannte Definition von
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Strg+D+V
|
|
\family default
|
|
für Benutzer, die
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
emacs.bind
|
|
\family default
|
|
verwenden, eine Fehlermeldung erzeugen, denn in
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
emacs.bind
|
|
\family default
|
|
wird
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Strg+D
|
|
\family default
|
|
bereits als
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
word-delete-forward
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
word-delete-forward
|
|
\family default
|
|
löscht das Wort rechts vom Cursor.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
definiert.
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
In LyX Version 1.0 werden die übersetzten Namen der Hauptmenüs (die in den
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
po
|
|
\family default
|
|
-Dateien stehen) für den Tastendefinitions-Mechanismus verwendet -- deshalb
|
|
müssen auch in
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
menus.bind
|
|
\family default
|
|
die
|
|
\emph on
|
|
übersetzten
|
|
\emph default
|
|
Menünamen verwendet werden.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Section
|
|
LyX übersetzen
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
|
Die Benutzerschnittstelle übersetzen (Textmeldungen)
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
LyX verwendet die GNU-gettext-Bibliothek, um die Internationalisierung der
|
|
Benutzerschnittstelle zu verwalten.
|
|
Um LyX dazu zu bringen, in allen Menüs und Dialog-Boxen Ihre Lieblingssprache
|
|
zu verwenden, müssen Sie eine
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
po
|
|
\family default
|
|
-Datei für diese Sprache erstellen.
|
|
Anschließend müssen Sie daraus eine
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
mo
|
|
\family default
|
|
-Datei erzeugen und diese installieren.
|
|
Eine umfassende Anleitung dazu finden Sie in der Dokumentation für GNU
|
|
gettext
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Natürlich nur auf englisch.
|
|
Die Veränderungen, die an der
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
po
|
|
\family default
|
|
-Datei durchgeführt werden müssen, sind allerdings recht intuitiv.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
Kurz gesagt müssen folgende Veränderungen durchgeführt werden (
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\series bold
|
|
xx
|
|
\family default
|
|
\series default
|
|
bezeichnet den Sprachencode der neuen Sprache):
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
|
Kopieren Sie die Datei
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
lyx.pot
|
|
\family default
|
|
in das Verzeichnis der .po-Dateien.
|
|
Benennen Sie anschließend die Datei in
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\series bold
|
|
xx
|
|
\series default
|
|
.po
|
|
\family default
|
|
um.
|
|
(Falls
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
lyx.pot
|
|
\family default
|
|
nicht existiert, kann sie mit dem Befehl
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
make
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
lyx.pot
|
|
\family default
|
|
neu erzeugt werden.)
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
|
Editieren Sie
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
xx.po
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Für diese Aufgabe gibt es spezielle Programme, wie
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
Poedit
|
|
\family default
|
|
(für alle Plattformen) oder
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
KBabel
|
|
\family default
|
|
(für KDE).
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
Emacs
|
|
\family default
|
|
hat ebenfalls einen Modus, der Sie bei dieser Arbeit unterstützt.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
.
|
|
Für einige Menü- und Widgetfunktionen gibt es Tastenkürzel, die ebenfalls
|
|
übersetzt werden sollten.
|
|
Diese Tasten werden mit '
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
' markiert und sollten passend mitübersetzt werden.
|
|
Es gibt ein Prolog-Programm namens
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
scgen.pl
|
|
\family default
|
|
, das sich im Quellverzeichnis in
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
LYX\SpecialChar \-
|
|
SOURCE\SpecialChar \-
|
|
DIR/development/tools/
|
|
\family default
|
|
befindet.
|
|
Vielleicht hilft es Ihnen bei der Bestimmung der Tastenkürzel.
|
|
Beachten Sie, dass XForms (zumindest die Version 0.86) nur 7-Bit-Zeichen
|
|
als Tastenkürzel verarbeiten kann.
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Sie sollten auch das Informationsfeld am Anfang der neuen po-Datei ausfüllen
|
|
(mit Ihrer EMail-Adresse, usw.), damit Sie für andere Leute erreichbar sind,
|
|
die Ihnen Vorschläge oder unterhaltsame Flames schicken möchten.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
|
Erzeugen Sie in
|
|
\begin_inset Flex URL
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
LYX-SOURCE-DIR/po/lyx.pot
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
mit dem Befehl
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
make up\SpecialChar \-
|
|
date-gmo
|
|
\family default
|
|
die Datei
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\series bold
|
|
xx
|
|
\series default
|
|
.gmo
|
|
\family default
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
|
Installieren Sie die
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
gmo
|
|
\family default
|
|
-Datei mit dem Befehl
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
su -c 'make install'
|
|
\family default
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Um eine neue
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
po
|
|
\family default
|
|
-Datei zu der LyX-
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Distribution
|
|
\emph default
|
|
hinzuzufügen, müssen eine Reihe von Dateien (Konfigurations-Skripts und
|
|
mehr) verändert werden.
|
|
Aber dank der gettext-Bibliothek ist ein Einbinden in den LyX-Quellcode
|
|
für den Anwender unnötig.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Wenn Sie eine Übersetzung für eine Sprache erstellt haben, die LyX zur Zeit
|
|
noch nicht unterstützt, sollten Sie uns ruhig ein Patch mit Ihrer Datei
|
|
zusenden.
|
|
Wie man ein Patch erstellt, erfahren Sie in der README-Datei im Verzeichnis
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
LYX-SOURCE-DIR/po/
|
|
\family default
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
|
Die Dokumentation übersetzen
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
[Anmerkung des Übersetzers:
|
|
\emph default
|
|
wenn
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Sie die Dokumentation übersetzen wollen, benutzen Sie als Vorlage auf jeden
|
|
Fall das englische Original.
|
|
Übersetzungen -- diese eingeschlossen -- sind oft nicht ganz auf dem neuesten
|
|
Stand.
|
|
-LA]
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Auch die Online-Dokumentation (im
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Hilfe
|
|
\family default
|
|
-Menü) kann (und sollte!) übersetzt werden.
|
|
Wenn übersetzte Versionen verfügbar sind
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Derzeit (November 2006) sind praktisch alle Texte bis auf
|
|
\emph on
|
|
LaTe
|
|
\begin_inset ERT
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
{}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
X-Konfiguration
|
|
\emph default
|
|
ins Deutsche übersetzt.
|
|
Andere Sprachen sind in Arbeit.
|
|
Die Bibliothek an übersetzten Texten wächst ständig.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
und die
|
|
\emph on
|
|
locale
|
|
\emph default
|
|
entsprechend gesetzt wurde, werden diese automatisch von LyX benutzt.
|
|
Zur Zeit sind Übersetzungen in etwa 20 Sprachen vorhanden.
|
|
LyX sucht nach übersetzten Versionen in
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
Ly
|
|
\begin_inset ERT
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
{}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
XDir/doc/
|
|
\series bold
|
|
xx
|
|
\series default
|
|
_DocName.lyx
|
|
\family default
|
|
, wobei wie immer
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\series bold
|
|
xx
|
|
\family default
|
|
\series default
|
|
für das entsprechende Sprach\SpecialChar \-
|
|
kür\SpecialChar \-
|
|
zel steht, das in der Umgebungsvariablen
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
LANG
|
|
\family default
|
|
gesetzt wird.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Falls solche Dateien nicht existieren, wird die englische Version verwendet.
|
|
Auch die übersetzten Versionen müssen (bis auf das
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\series bold
|
|
xx
|
|
\series default
|
|
_
|
|
\family default
|
|
) den gleichen (englischen) Dateinamen (im Beispiel oben
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
DocName
|
|
\family default
|
|
) tragen wie die englischen Originale.
|
|
Wenn Sie gerne die Dokumentation übersetzen möchten (übrigens ein guter
|
|
Weg, um die Originale Korrektur zu lesen!), hier ein paar Tipps, die Ihnen
|
|
möglicherweise etwas Arbeit ersparen:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
|
Werfen Sie einen Blick auf die Seiten des Übersetzungsteams auf der Homepage
|
|
des LyX-Entwickler-Teams:
|
|
\begin_inset Flex URL
|
|
status open
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
http://www.devel.lyx.org
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
Dort erfahren Sie, welche Texte bereits in Ihre Sprache übersetzt sind,
|
|
auch sehen Sie, ob jemand (und wenn ja, wer) die Übersetzungsaktivitäten
|
|
koordiniert.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Wenn Sie dann mit der eigentlichen Übersetzungsarbeit beginnen, sind hier
|
|
einige Tipps, die Ihnen vielleicht helfen, einige Schwierigkeiten zu überwinden
|
|
:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
|
Machen Sie im Dokumentationsteam mit! Informationen dazu gibt es in
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Hilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Einführung
|
|
\family default
|
|
.
|
|
Dies ist übrigens das erste Dokument, das Sie übersetzen sollten.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
|
Machen Sie sich mit den typographischen Konventionen der Sprache vertraut,
|
|
in die Sie übersetzen möchten.
|
|
Typographie ist eine alte Kunst, und in vielen Teilen der Welt wurden verschied
|
|
ene Konventionen eingeführt.
|
|
Auch sollten Sie die typographische Terminologie in Ihrem Land lernen.
|
|
Eine eigene Terminologie würde nur die Leser verwirren.
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
(Warnung: Typographie macht süchtig!)
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
|
Legen Sie eine Kopie des Originaldokumentes an.
|
|
Von Zeit zu Zeit wird die Originalversion erneuert.
|
|
Sie können beispielsweise CVSweb auf der LyX-Entwickler-Seite im WWW verwenden
|
|
um zu sehen, was sich verändert hat.
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Alternativ können Sie auch lokal eine Kopie des (englischen) Ausgangstextes
|
|
aufbewahren und diese dann mit der neuen Version vergleichen (zum Beispiel
|
|
mit dem Befehl
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
diff
|
|
\family default
|
|
).
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
|
Wann immer Sie einen Fehler im Originaltext entdecken, korrigieren Sie ihn
|
|
und teilen dem Rest des Dokumentationsteams Ihre Veränderungen mit.
|
|
(Sie haben nicht vergessen, dem Dokumentationsteam beizutreten, oder?)
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Auch die Originaldokumentation ist nicht komplett.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Section
|
|
Internationale Tastaturbelegung
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
|
LatexCommand label
|
|
name "sec:Internationale-Tastaturbelegung"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
|
Eigene Tastaturtabellen definieren: das
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Keymap
|
|
\emph default
|
|
-Dateiformat
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Sehen wir uns einmal die
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Keymap
|
|
\emph default
|
|
-Datei ein wenig näher an.
|
|
Es handelt sich um eine ASCII-Datei, in der folgendes definiert wird:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
|
Taste-Taste- oder Taste-String-Transformationen
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Tote
|
|
\emph default
|
|
Tasten -- sogenannte
|
|
\emph on
|
|
dead keys
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
|
Ausnahmen für tote Tasten.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Zur Definition einer Taste-Taste- oder Taste-String-Transformation dient
|
|
folgender Befehl:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Quotation
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
kmap Taste Ausgabe
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
wobei
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
Taste
|
|
\family default
|
|
die zu übersetzende Taste bezeichnet und
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
Ausgabe
|
|
\family default
|
|
die Taste oder den String, der dafür in das Dokument eingefügt werden soll.
|
|
Eine tote Taste definiert man mit:
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Quotation
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
kmod
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
Taste Tote-Taste
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
wobei
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
Taste
|
|
\family default
|
|
wieder eine Taste auf der Tastatur bezeichnet und
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
Tote-Taste
|
|
\family default
|
|
der Name einer toten Taste ist.
|
|
LyX unterstützt folgende toten Tasten (Abkürzungen in Klammern):
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Quotation
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Name
|
|
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Beispiel
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Quotation
|
|
acute (acu)
|
|
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
áéíóú
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Quotation
|
|
grave (gra)
|
|
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
àèìòù
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Quotation
|
|
macron (mac)
|
|
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
ō
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Quotation
|
|
tilde (til)
|
|
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
ñÑ
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Quotation
|
|
underbar (underb)
|
|
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset ERT
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
b o
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Quotation
|
|
cedilla (ced)
|
|
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
çÇ
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Quotation
|
|
underdot (underd)
|
|
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset ERT
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
d o
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Quotation
|
|
circumflex (circu)
|
|
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
âêîôû
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Quotation
|
|
circle (circl)
|
|
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
ÅůŮ
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Quotation
|
|
tie (tie)
|
|
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset ERT
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
t oo
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Quotation
|
|
breve (bre)
|
|
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
ă
|
|
\begin_inset ERT
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
u o
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Quotation
|
|
caron (car)
|
|
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
čšž
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Quotation
|
|
hungarian umlaut (hug)
|
|
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
őű
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Quotation
|
|
umlaut (uml)
|
|
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
äöü
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Quotation
|
|
dot (dot)
|
|
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
ż
|
|
\begin_inset ERT
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
.s
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Da es auf vielen internationalen Tastaturen Ausnahmen dafür gibt, wie eine
|
|
bestimmte tote Taste das folgende Zeichen verändern soll, können diese
|
|
definiert werden, und zwar mit:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Quotation
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
kxmod
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
Tote-Taste Taste Ausgabe
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Zum Beispiel soll caron-o auf einer slowakischen Tastatur ein circumflex-o
|
|
erzeugen.
|
|
Dies erreicht man mit:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Quotation
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
kxmod
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
caron o "
|
|
\backslash
|
|
^o"
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Auch müssen für die Buchstaben i und j Ausnahmen definiert werden, um den
|
|
Punkt zu löschen, bevor ein Akzent eingefügt wird.
|
|
Ich werde dies beizeiten ändern, hatte aber bisher noch keine Zeit dazu.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Ach so, zur Definition der Ausgabe: Der Backslash
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
ist ein Sonderzeichen.
|
|
Um ihn einzugeben, muss man einen doppelten Backslash
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
eingeben.
|
|
Auch das Anführungszeichen
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
"
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
und das Doppelkreuz
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
#
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
haben eine andere Bedeutung.
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
#
|
|
\family default
|
|
bezeichnet einen Kommentar, Anführungszeichen markieren den Anfang und
|
|
das Ende eines Strings (das heißt einer LaTeX-Befehlssequenz).
|
|
Um diese Zeichen einzugeben, muss ein Backslash vorangestellt werden (also:
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
"
|
|
\family default
|
|
und
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
#
|
|
\family default
|
|
).
|
|
Wenn Sie eine funktionierende Keymap-Datei für eine neue Sprache angefertigt
|
|
haben, mailen Sie diese bitte an das Entwickler-Team, damit sie in die
|
|
nächste Distribution integriert werden kann.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
In Zukunft werden auch noch folgende Befehle unterstützt:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
kinclude Dateiname
|
|
\family default
|
|
\emph on
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
|
bindet eine andere Datei ein
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
kprog
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
Programm
|
|
\family default
|
|
\emph on
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
|
definiert ein externes Keymap-Programm
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Auch sollte es die
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
lyxrc-D
|
|
\family default
|
|
atei nach Voreinstellungen durchsuchen (zum Beispiel nach einer Option
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
kinclude
|
|
\family default
|
|
, um eine Standardtastatur zu verwenden).
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Section
|
|
Internationale Tastaturtabellen:
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Keymaps
|
|
\emph default
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
|
LatexCommand label
|
|
name "sec:Internationale-Tastaturtabellen"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Die nächsten beiden Abschnitte beschreiben detailliert die Syntax der
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
.kmap
|
|
\family default
|
|
- und
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
.cdef
|
|
\family default
|
|
-Dateien.
|
|
Diese Abschnitte sollten Ihnen dabei helfen, Ihre eigene Tastaturtabelle
|
|
zu entwerfen, wenn die vorhandenen nicht ganz Ihren Bedürfnissen entsprechen.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
|
Die
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
.kmap
|
|
\family default
|
|
-Datei
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
|
LatexCommand label
|
|
name "sub:Die-.kmap-Datei"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Eine
|
|
\family sans
|
|
\shape up
|
|
.
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
kmap
|
|
\family default
|
|
\shape default
|
|
-Datei transformiert gedrückte Tasten zu Buchstaben oder Strings (Zeichenketten)
|
|
-- es definiert ein
|
|
\emph on
|
|
keyboard mapping
|
|
\emph default
|
|
.
|
|
Im Folgenden werden die Schlüsselwörter
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
kmap
|
|
\family default
|
|
,
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
kmod
|
|
\family default
|
|
,
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
kxmod
|
|
\family default
|
|
und
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
kcomb
|
|
\family default
|
|
beschrieben.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\shape up
|
|
kmap
|
|
\family default
|
|
\shape default
|
|
Transformiere einen Buchstaben zu einem String
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
kmap
|
|
\family roman
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Zeichen Ausgabe
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Dieser Ausdruck definiert, dass
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Zeichen
|
|
\emph default
|
|
zu
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Ausgabe
|
|
\emph default
|
|
transformiert werden soll.
|
|
Dabei müssen in
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Ausgabe
|
|
\emph default
|
|
die Zeichen Backslash
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
und Anführungszeichen
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
"
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
mit einem vorangehenden Backslash versehen werden.
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Als Beispiel ein Ausdruck, der das Zeichen
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
/
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
ausgibt, wenn die Taste
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
&
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
gedrückt wurde:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
kmap & /
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\shape up
|
|
kmod
|
|
\family default
|
|
\shape default
|
|
Spezifiziere ein Akzentzeichen
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
kmod
|
|
\family roman
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Zeichen Akzent erlaubt
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Dieser Ausdruck wird dafür sorgen, dass
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Zeichen
|
|
\emph default
|
|
als ein bestimmter
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Akzent
|
|
\emph default
|
|
interpretiert wird, und zwar bei allen Zeichen, die in
|
|
\emph on
|
|
erlaubt
|
|
\emph default
|
|
aufgeführt sind.
|
|
Dies ist der Mechanismus toter Tasten
|
|
\emph on
|
|
(dead keys).
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Der Ausdruck
|
|
\emph on
|
|
tote
|
|
\emph default
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Taste
|
|
\emph default
|
|
kommt daher, dass diese Taste allein kein Zeichen erzeugt, aber, gefolgt
|
|
von einer anderen Taste, akzentuierte Zeichen erzeugt.
|
|
Zum Beispiel kann auf diese Weise é
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
erzeugt werden.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
|
Wenn Sie die Taste
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Zeichen
|
|
\emph default
|
|
drücken, gefolgt von einem Zeichen, das
|
|
\emph on
|
|
nicht
|
|
\emph default
|
|
in
|
|
\emph on
|
|
erlaubt
|
|
\emph default
|
|
aufgeführt wurde, werden einfach beide Zeichen einzeln ausgegeben.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Der folgende Ausdruck definiert, dass die Taste
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
^
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
der circumflex-Akzent wird, wenn er von einem der Buchstaben a, e, i, o,
|
|
u, A, E, I ,O oder U gefolgt wird:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
kmod ^ circumflex aeiouAEIOU
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
kxmod
|
|
\family default
|
|
Definiere eine Ausnahme zu einem Akzentzeichen
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
kxmod
|
|
\family roman
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Akzent Zeichen Ausgabe
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Dieser Ausdruck definiert eine Ausnahme für die Wirkung, die
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Akzent
|
|
\emph default
|
|
in Verbin\SpecialChar \-
|
|
dung mit
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Zeichen
|
|
\emph default
|
|
haben soll.
|
|
Dabei muss
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Akzent
|
|
\emph default
|
|
vorher mit Hilfe einer
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
kmod
|
|
\family default
|
|
-Zeile einer Taste zugewiesen worden sein.
|
|
Wenn Sie die Sequenz
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Akzent, Zeichen
|
|
\emph default
|
|
drücken, wird
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Ausgabe
|
|
\emph default
|
|
produziert.
|
|
Falls solch eine Definition
|
|
\emph on
|
|
nicht
|
|
\emph default
|
|
existiert, und Sie
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Akzent, Zeichen
|
|
\emph default
|
|
eingeben, erhalten Sie das
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Zeichen
|
|
\emph default
|
|
-- akzentuiert.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Der folgende Ausdruck sorgt dafür, dass LaTeX bei einem
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
i
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
mit circumflex den I-Punkt entfernt, bevor das Akzentsymbol eingefügt wird:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
kxmod circumflex i "
|
|
\backslash
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
^{
|
|
\backslash
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
i}"
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
kcomb
|
|
\family default
|
|
Kombiniere zwei Akzentsymbole
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
kcomb
|
|
\family roman
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Akzent1 Akzent2 erlaubt
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Hier wird es ziemlich esoterisch.
|
|
Dieser Ausdruck erlaubt die Kombination der Effekte von
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Akzent1
|
|
\emph default
|
|
und
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Akzent2
|
|
\emph default
|
|
(in dieser Reihenfolge!) bei allen
|
|
\emph on
|
|
erlaubten
|
|
\emph default
|
|
Zei\SpecialChar \-
|
|
chen.
|
|
Die Bedeutungen von
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Akzent1
|
|
\emph default
|
|
und
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Akzent2
|
|
\emph default
|
|
müssen zuvor mit Hilfe von
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
kmod
|
|
\family default
|
|
definiert worden sein.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Folgendes Beispiel aus der Datei
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
greek.kmap
|
|
\family default
|
|
:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
kmod ; acute aeioyvhAEIOYVH
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
kmod : umlaut iyIY
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
kcomb acute umlaut iyIY
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Diese Zeilen erlauben es,
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
;:i
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
einzugeben und auf diese Weise
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
'{
|
|
\backslash
|
|
"{i}}
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
zu erzeugen (
|
|
\begin_inset ERT
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
'{
|
|
\backslash
|
|
"{i}}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
).
|
|
In diesem Fall löscht die Backspace-Taste das letzte gedrückte Zei\SpecialChar \-
|
|
chen.
|
|
Wenn Sie also
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
;:
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Backspace
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
i
|
|
\family default
|
|
eingeben, erhalten Sie
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
'(i)
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
(
|
|
\begin_inset ERT
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
'i
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
).
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
|
Die
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
.cdef
|
|
\family default
|
|
-Datei
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Nachdem LyX die
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
.kmap
|
|
\family default
|
|
-Datei verarbeitet hat, erklärt eine
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
.cdef
|
|
\family default
|
|
-Datei, wie die einzelnen Symbole im gegenwärtigen Zeichensatz dargestellt
|
|
werden sollen.
|
|
Die LyX-Dis\SpecialChar \-
|
|
tri\SpecialChar \-
|
|
bu\SpecialChar \-
|
|
tion enthält wenigstens die Dateien
|
|
\begin_inset Flex URL
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
iso8859-1.cdef
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
und
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\shape up
|
|
iso8859-
|
|
\begin_inset Newline linebreak
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
2.cdef
|
|
\family default
|
|
\shape default
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Generell besteht eine
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
.
|
|
\shape up
|
|
cdef
|
|
\family default
|
|
\shape default
|
|
-Datei aus einer Reihe von Deklarationen der folgenden Form:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\family roman
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Position_im_Zeichensatz String
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Um beispielsweise dem String (
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Ausgabe
|
|
\emph default
|
|
im vorigen Abschnitt)
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
'{e}
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
das ent\SpecialChar \-
|
|
spre\SpecialChar \-
|
|
chen\SpecialChar \-
|
|
de Zeichen im ISO-8859-1 Zeichensatz (233) zuzuweisen, benutzt
|
|
man folgenden Ausdruck:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
233 "
|
|
\backslash
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
'{e}"
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Wieder müssen den Zeichen
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
und
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
"
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
ein Backslash vorangestellt werden.
|
|
Beachten Sie, dass es durchaus möglich ist, dass dasselbe Zeichen (sinnvoll)
|
|
zwei verschiedene Strings repräsentieren kann.
|
|
Zum Beispiel in
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
i
|
|
\shape up
|
|
so-8859-7.cdef
|
|
\family default
|
|
\shape default
|
|
gibt es die Zeilen:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
192 "
|
|
\backslash
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
'{
|
|
\backslash
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
"{i}}"
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
192 "
|
|
\backslash
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
"{
|
|
\backslash
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
'{i}}"
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Wenn LyX kein passendes Zeichen für einen String finden kann, der durch
|
|
eine Tastensequenz erzeugt wurde, wird es versuchen, falls der String wie
|
|
ein akzentuierter Buchstabe aussieht, auf dem Bildschirm den Buchstaben
|
|
mit Akzent selbst zu zeichnen.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
|
Tote Tasten definieren
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Anmerkung des Übersetzers: An dieser Stelle weiche ich krass vom Original
|
|
ab.
|
|
Der englische Text ist hier viel zu weitschweifig und ein bisschen konfus.
|
|
-LA
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Es gibt noch eine zweite Möglichkeit, internationale Buchstaben mit Hilfe
|
|
von
|
|
\emph on
|
|
toten
|
|
\emph default
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Tasten (dead keys)
|
|
\emph default
|
|
zu erzeugen -- nämlich direkt in der
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
.bind
|
|
\family default
|
|
-Datei.
|
|
Dazu ein einfaches Beispiel:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Nehmen wir an, Sie benötigen eine Zirkumflex-Taste.
|
|
Diese können Sie definieren, indem Sie in der
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
lyxrc-D
|
|
\family default
|
|
atei folgende Zeile einfügen:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
bind "asciicircum" "accent-circumflex"
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Dabei ist
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
asciicircum
|
|
\family default
|
|
die Bezeichnung, die das X11-System für die
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
^
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
-Taste verwendet.
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Die Bezeichnungen anderer Symbole lassen sich ganz gut aus einer c-Include-Datei
|
|
namens
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
keysymdef.h
|
|
\family default
|
|
ablesen.
|
|
Meist findet man sie in
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
/usr/X11/include/X11/
|
|
\family default
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
accent-circum\SpecialChar \-
|
|
flex
|
|
\family default
|
|
ist ein LyX-Befehl, der den Zirkumflex-Akzent erzeugt.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Leider unterscheidet sich die Wirkungsweise der toten Tasten, die in
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
.lyxrc
|
|
\family default
|
|
definiert wurden, merklich von der, die in Abschnitt
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand vref
|
|
reference "sub:Die-.kmap-Datei"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
beschrieben wurde.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
|
Ihre Sprachkonfiguration einstellen
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Sie können Ihre
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
lyxrc-D
|
|
\family default
|
|
atei so verändern, dass Ihre gewünschte Sprachumgebung automatisch geladen
|
|
wird, wenn LyX gestartet wird.
|
|
Dieser Abschnitt beschreibt Befehle, die folgendes spezifizieren:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
|
Standard-, erste und zweite Tastaturbelegung
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
|
Zeichensatzkodierung
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
In Ihrer
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
lyxrc-D
|
|
\family default
|
|
atei finden Sie verschiedene Beispiele, wie man sie konfigurieren kann.
|
|
Zum Beispiel können Sie einen Eintrag für eine Tastaturbelegung folgendermaßen
|
|
vornehmen:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
bind "american" "keymap-primary"
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
eine tote Taste
|
|
\emph on
|
|
(dead key)
|
|
\emph default
|
|
definieren:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
bind "Alt+," "accent-cedilla"
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
oder eine Zeichensatzkodierung festlegen:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
# Die Norm für die Bildschirmzeichensätze
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
# Voreinstellung ist iso8859-1.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
font_norm iso8859-2
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Chapter
|
|
Installieren neuer Textklassen, Layouts und Vorlagen
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
|
LatexCommand label
|
|
name "cha:Installieren-neuer-Textklassen"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
In diesem Abschnitt wird beschrieben, wie Sie beim Installieren neuer Layout-
|
|
und Vorlagedateien vorgehen müssen, außerdem auch eine kleine Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
|
|
frischung,
|
|
wie man neue Dokumentenklassen für LaTeX korrekt installiert.
|
|
Zunächst ein paar Definitionen:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Eine
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Dokumentenklasse
|
|
\emph default
|
|
ist eine LaTeX-Datei (normalerweise mit der Endung
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
.cls
|
|
\family default
|
|
oder
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
.sty
|
|
\family default
|
|
), die das Format einer speziellen Art von Dokument beschreibt, etwa Artikel,
|
|
Brief usw., und auch alle dazu notwendigen Befehle definiert.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Eine
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Layout-Datei
|
|
\emph default
|
|
ist eine LyX-Datei, die einer LaTeX-Dokumentenklasse ent\SpecialChar \-
|
|
spricht und LyX
|
|
mitteilt, wie die diversen Formatelemente am Bildschirm dar\SpecialChar \-
|
|
ge\SpecialChar \-
|
|
stellt werden
|
|
sollen, damit der Eindruck möglichst gut dem späteren Druckbild entspricht.
|
|
Genauer gesagt beschreibt eine Layoutdatei eine
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Textklasse
|
|
\emph default
|
|
, das interne Konstrukt, welches LyX verwendet, um den Text am Bildschirm
|
|
darzustellen.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Layout
|
|
\emph default
|
|
und
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Textklasse
|
|
\emph default
|
|
sind somit in gewisser Weise äquivalent, aber es ist besser, die Datei
|
|
als Layout zu bezeichnen und die interne Realisation im Speicher von LyX
|
|
als Textklasse.
|
|
Eine Vorlage ist einfach ein LyX-Dokument, welches bereits einige vordefinierte
|
|
Einträge für eine bestimmte Textklasse enthält.
|
|
Derartige Vorlagen sind beispielsweise für Briefe oder Artikel für Zeitschrifte
|
|
n sehr hilfreich.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Section
|
|
Installation eines neuen LaTeX-Paketes
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Bei manchen TeX-Installationen fehlt möglicherweise das eine oder andere
|
|
Paket, das Sie gerne mit LyX verwenden würden.
|
|
Zum Beispiel wollen Sie FoilTeX verwenden, ein Paket zur Erstellung von
|
|
Dias und Folien für Overheadprojektoren.
|
|
Moderne LaTeX-Distributionen wie TeXLive (2008 oder neuer) oder MiKTeX
|
|
besitzen ein grafisches Programm um solche Pakete zu installieren.
|
|
Z.
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
B.
|
|
bei MiKTeX starten Sie das Programm
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Package
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Manager
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
um eine Liste mit den verfügbaren Paketen zu bekommen.
|
|
Um eines davon zu installieren, rechts-klicken Sie oder benutzen den entspreche
|
|
nden Werkzeugleistenknopf.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Falls Ihre LaTeX-Distribution keinen Paketmanager besitzt, oder falls das
|
|
Paket nicht direkt über Ihre Distribution verfügbar ist, folgen Sie diesen
|
|
Schritten um es manuell zu installieren:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
|
Besorgen Sie sich das Paket von
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset href
|
|
LatexCommand href
|
|
name "CTAN"
|
|
target "http://www.ctan.org/"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
oder einer anderen Quelle.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
|
Falls das Paket eine Datei mit der Endung
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
.ins
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
enthält (was bei FoilTeX der Fall ist), dann öffnen sie eine Kommandozeile
|
|
wechseln in das Verzeichnis der Datei und führen den Befehl
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
|
latex foiltex.ins
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
aus.
|
|
Sie haben damit dass Paket entpackt und haben alle Dateien um es zu installiere
|
|
n.
|
|
Die meisten LaTeX-Pakete sind nicht gepackt und man kann direkt mit der
|
|
Installation beginnen:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
|
Nun müssen Sie entscheiden, ob das Paket für alle Nutzer oder nur für Sie
|
|
verfügbar sein soll.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_deeper
|
|
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
|
Bei *nix Systemen (Linux, OSX, etc.), wenn Sie das Paket für alle Nutzer
|
|
installieren möchten, installieren Sie es in den lokalen TeX Ordner; anderenfal
|
|
ls installieren Sie es in dein eigenen
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Benutzer
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
-TeX Ordner.
|
|
Wo man diese Ordner anlegt, sofern sie nicht schon existieren, hängt von
|
|
Ihrem System ab.
|
|
Dazu schauen Sie in die Datei
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
texmf.cnf
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Diese befindet sich normalerweise im Ordner
|
|
\family sans
|
|
$TEXMF/web2c
|
|
\family default
|
|
.
|
|
Falls nicht, führen Sie den Befehl
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
kpsewhich texmf.cnf
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
aus, um sie zu lokalisieren.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Der Ort des lokalen TeX Ordners ist in der Variable
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
TEXMFLOCAL
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
definiert; es ist üblicherweise der Pfad
|
|
\family sans
|
|
/usr/local/share/texmf/
|
|
\family default
|
|
.
|
|
Der Ort des Benutzer-TeX Ordners ist in der Variable
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
TEXMFHOME
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
definiert und ist üblicherweise der Pfad
|
|
\family sans
|
|
$HOME/texmf/
|
|
\family default
|
|
.
|
|
(Wenn diese Variablen nicht vordefiniert sind, müssen Sie diese selbst
|
|
definieren.) Sie brauchen wahrscheinlich Root-Rechte um in den lokalen TeX
|
|
Ordner zu schreiben, beim Benutzer-TeX Ordner ist die nicht nötig.
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Allgemein empfiehlt es sich, Pakete in den Benutzer-TeX Ordner zu installieren,
|
|
da dieser nicht verändert oder gar überschrieben wird, wenn Sie ihr System
|
|
aktualisieren.
|
|
Des Weiteren wird er zusammen mit Ihren Nutzerdaten gesichert, wenn Sie
|
|
ein Backup machen (was Sie natürlich regelmäßig tun).
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
|
Bei Windows, wenn Sie das Paket für alle Nutzer installieren möchten, gehen
|
|
Sie in den Ordner, in dem LaTeX installiert ist und wechseln dort in das
|
|
Verzeichnis
|
|
\family sans
|
|
~tex
|
|
\backslash
|
|
latex
|
|
\family default
|
|
.
|
|
(Verwendet man MiKTeX, wäre es standardmäßig der Ordner
|
|
\family sans
|
|
~:
|
|
\backslash
|
|
Programme
|
|
\backslash
|
|
MiKTeX
|
|
\backslash
|
|
tex
|
|
\backslash
|
|
latex
|
|
\family default
|
|
.) Legen Sie dort einen neuen Ordner mit dem Namen
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
foiltex
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
an und kopieren Sie alle Dateien das Pakets hinein.
|
|
Wenn das Paket nur für den aktuellen Benutzer verfügbar sein soll bzw.
|
|
Sie keine Administrator-Rechte haben, tun Sie dasselbe, aber im lokalen
|
|
LaTeX-Ordner.
|
|
Z.
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
B.
|
|
bei MiKTeX
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
2.8 wäre das unter WinXP der Ordner
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
|
~:
|
|
\backslash
|
|
Dokumente und Einstellungen
|
|
\backslash
|
|
<Benutzername>
|
|
\backslash
|
|
Anwendungsdaten
|
|
\backslash
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
|
|
status open
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
|
~:
|
|
\backslash
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
MiKTeX
|
|
\backslash
|
|
2.8
|
|
\backslash
|
|
tex
|
|
\backslash
|
|
latex
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
, unter WinVista wäre es der Ordner
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
|
~:
|
|
\backslash
|
|
Users
|
|
\backslash
|
|
<Benutzername>
|
|
\backslash
|
|
AppData
|
|
\backslash
|
|
Roaming
|
|
\backslash
|
|
2.8
|
|
\backslash
|
|
MiKTeX
|
|
\backslash
|
|
tex
|
|
\backslash
|
|
latex
|
|
\family default
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_deeper
|
|
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
|
Jetzt muss man LaTeX nur noch mitteilen, dass es neue Dateien gibt.
|
|
Die ist je nach LaTeX-Distribution anders:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_deeper
|
|
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
|
Bei TeXLive führen Sie von einer Kommandozeile den Befehl
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
texhash
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
aus.
|
|
Wenn Sie das Paket für alle Nutzer installiert haben, brauchen sie dazu
|
|
wahrscheinlich Root-Rechte.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
|
Bei MiKTeX, wenn Sie das Paket für alle Nutzer installiert haben, starten
|
|
Sie das Programm
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Settings
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
(Admin)
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
und drücken dann auf den Kopf
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Refresh FNDB
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
Anderenfalls starten Sie das Programm
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Settings
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
und machen dasselbe.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_deeper
|
|
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
|
Nun muss man LyX noch mitteilen, dass es neue Pakete gibt.
|
|
Verwenden Sie dazu in LyX das Menü
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Neu
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
konfigurieren
|
|
\family default
|
|
und starten LyX danach neu.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Nun ist das Paket installiert.
|
|
In unserem Beispiel wird nun die Dokumentklasse
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Slides
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
(FoilTe
|
|
\begin_inset ERT
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
{}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
x)
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
im Menü
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Dokumentklasse
|
|
\family default
|
|
verfügbar sein.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Möchten sie eine LaTeX-Dokumentklasse verwenden, die generell nicht im Menü
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Dokumentklasse
|
|
\family default
|
|
gelistet ist, müssen Sie dafür selbst ein
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Layout
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
erstellen.
|
|
Dies ist das Thema des nächsten Abschnitts.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Section
|
|
Layout-Dateitypen
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
This section describes the various sorts of LyX files that contain layout
|
|
information.
|
|
These files describe various paragraph and character styles, determining
|
|
how LyX should display them and how they should be translated into LaTeX,
|
|
DocBook, XHTML, or whatever output format is being used.
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
We shall try to provide a thorough description of the process of writing
|
|
layout files here.
|
|
However, there are so many different types of documents supported even
|
|
by just LaTeX that we can't hope to cover every different possibility or
|
|
problem you might encounter.
|
|
The LyX users' list is frequented by people with lots of experience with
|
|
layout design who are willing to share what they've learned, so please
|
|
feel free to ask questions there.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
As you prepare to write a new layout, it is extremely helpful to look at
|
|
the layouts distributed with LyX.
|
|
If you write a LyX layout for a LaTeX document class that might also be
|
|
used by others, or write a module that might be useful to others, then
|
|
you should consider posting your layout to the
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset href
|
|
LatexCommand href
|
|
name "layout section on the LyX wiki"
|
|
target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Layouts/Layouts"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
or even to the LyX developers' list, so that it might be included in LyX
|
|
itself.
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Note that LyX is licensed under the General Public License, so any material
|
|
that is contributed to LyX must be similarly licensed.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
|
Layout Module
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
|
LatexCommand label
|
|
name "sub:Layout-Module"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
We have spoken to this point about `layout files'.
|
|
But there are different sorts of files that contain layout information.
|
|
Layout files, strictly so called, have the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
.layout
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
extension and provide LyX with information about document classes.
|
|
As of LyX 1.6, however, layout information can also be contained in layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
modules
|
|
\emph default
|
|
, which have the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
.module
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
extension.
|
|
Modules are to LaTeX packages much as layouts are to LaTeX classes, and
|
|
some modules—such as the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
endnotes
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
module—specifically provide support for one package.
|
|
In a sense, layout modules are similar to included
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
These can have any extension, but by convention have the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
.inc
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
extension.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
files—files like
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
stdsections.inc
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
—in that modules are not specific to a given document class but may be used
|
|
with many different classes.
|
|
The difference is that using an included file with
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
article.cls
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
requires editing that file.
|
|
Modules, by contrast, are selected in the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Settings
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
dialog.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Building modules is the easiest way to get started with layout editing,
|
|
since it can be as simple as adding a single new paragraph style or flex
|
|
inset.
|
|
But modules may, in principle, contain anything a layout file can contain.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
After creating a new module and copying it to the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
layouts/
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
folder, you will need to reconfigure and then restart LyX for the module
|
|
to appear in the menu.
|
|
However, changes you make to the module will be seen immediately, if you
|
|
open
|
|
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Settings
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
, highlight something, and then hit
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
OK
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
It is strongly recommended that you save your work before doing this
|
|
\emph default
|
|
.
|
|
In fact,
|
|
\emph on
|
|
it is strongly recommended that you not attempt to edit modules while simultaneo
|
|
usly working on actual documents
|
|
\emph default
|
|
.
|
|
Though of course the developers strive to keep LyX stable in such situations,
|
|
syntax errors and the like in your module file could cause strange behavior.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
|
Lokales Format
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Modules are to LyX as packages are to LaTeX.
|
|
Sometimes, however, you find yourself wanting a specific inset or character
|
|
style just for one document and writing a module that will also be available
|
|
to other documents makes little sense.
|
|
What you need is LyX's
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Local Layout
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
You will find it under
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Local Layout
|
|
\family default
|
|
.
|
|
The large text box allows you to enter anything that you might enter in
|
|
a layout file or module.
|
|
You can think of a document's local layout, in fact, as a module that belongs
|
|
just to it.
|
|
So, in particular, you must enter a
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Format
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
tag.
|
|
Any format is acceptable, but one would normally use the format current
|
|
at the time.
|
|
(In LyX 2.0, the current layout format is 35.) You should be aware that local
|
|
layout is not supported by versions of LyX prior to 1.6, so you should not
|
|
use it if you want to be able to export your document to LyX 1.5 or earlier
|
|
(without, that is, losing the local layout information).
|
|
If you wish to be able to export to 1.6---local layout is supported in 1.6,
|
|
though there is no UI for it---then you should use format 11 and, of course,
|
|
use only layout constructs that were available in LyX 1.6.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
When you have entered something in the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Local Layout
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
pane, LyX will enable the
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Validate
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
button at the bottom.
|
|
Clicking this button will cause LyX to determine whether what you have
|
|
entered is valid layout information for the chosen format.
|
|
LyX will report the result but, unfortunately, will not tell you what errors
|
|
there might have been.
|
|
These will be written to the terminal, however, if LyX is started from
|
|
a terminal.
|
|
You will not be permitted to save your local layout until you have entered
|
|
something valid.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
The warnings at the end of the previous section apply here, too.
|
|
Do not play with local layout while you are actually working, especially
|
|
if you have not saved your document.
|
|
That said, using local layout with a test document can be a very convenient
|
|
way to try out layout ideas, or even to start developing a module.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
|
Layout für
|
|
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
.sty
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
-Dateien
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
There are two situations you are likely to encounter when wanting to support
|
|
a new LaTeX document class, involving style (
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
.sty
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
) files and LaTeX2e class (
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
.cls
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
) .
|
|
Supporting a style file is usually fairly easy.
|
|
Supporting a new class file is a bit harder.
|
|
We'll discuss the former in this section and the latter in the next.
|
|
Similar remarks apply, of course, if you want to support a new DocBook
|
|
DTD.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
The easier case is the one in which your new document class is provided
|
|
as a style file that is to be used in conjunction with an already supported
|
|
document class.
|
|
For the sake of the example, we'll assume that the style file is called
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
myclass.sty
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
and that it is meant to be used with
|
|
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
report.cls
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
, which is a standard class.
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Start by copying the existing class's layout file into your local directory:
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Of course, which directory is your local directory will vary by platform,
|
|
and LyX allows you to specify your local directory on startup, too, using
|
|
the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
-userdir
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
option.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
cp report.layout ~/.lyx/layouts/myclass.layout
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Then edit
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
myclass.layout
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
and change the line:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
DeclareLaTeXClass{report}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
to read
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
DeclareLaTeXClass[report, myclass.sty]{report (myclass)}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Then add:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Preamble
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
usepackage{myclass}
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
EndPreamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
near the top of the file.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Start LyX and select
|
|
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Reconfigure
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
Then restart LyX and try creating a new document.
|
|
You should see "
|
|
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
report (myclass)
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
" as a document class option in the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Settings
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
dialog.
|
|
It is likely that some of the sectioning commands and such in your new
|
|
class will work differently from how they worked in the base class—
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
report
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
in this example—so you can fiddle around with the settings for the different
|
|
sections if you wish.
|
|
The layout information for sections is contained in
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
stdsections.inc
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
, but you do not need to copy and change this file.
|
|
Instead, you can simply add your changes to your layout file, after the
|
|
line
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Input stdclass.inc
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
, which itself includes
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
stdsections.inc
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
For example, you might add these lines:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Style Chapter
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Font
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Family Sans
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
EndFont
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
End
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
to change the font for chapter headings to sans-serif.
|
|
This will override (or, in this case, add to) the existing declaration
|
|
for the Chapter style.
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Your new package may also provide commands or environments not present in
|
|
the base class.
|
|
In this case, you will want to add these to the layout file.
|
|
See
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sec:Das-Layout-Dateiformat"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
for information on how to do so.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
If
|
|
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
myclass.sty
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
can be used with several different document classes, and even if it cannot,
|
|
you might find it easiest just to write a module that you can load with
|
|
the base class.
|
|
The simplest possible such module would be:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
#
|
|
\backslash
|
|
DeclareLyXModule{My Package}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
#DescriptionBegin
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
#Support for mypkg.sty.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
#DescriptionEnd
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Format 21
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Preamble
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
usepackage{mypkg}
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
EndPreamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
A more complex module might modify the behavior of some existing constructs
|
|
or define some new ones.
|
|
Again, see
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sec:Das-Layout-Dateiformat"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
for discussion.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
|
Layout für
|
|
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
.cls
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
-Dateien
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
There are two possibilities here.
|
|
One is that the class file is itself based upon an existing document class.
|
|
For example, many thesis classes are based upon
|
|
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
book.cls
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
To see whether yours is, look for a line like
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
LoadClass{book}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
in the file.
|
|
If so, then you may proceed largely as in the previous section, though
|
|
the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
DeclareLaTeXClass
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
line will be different.
|
|
If your new class is
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
thesis
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
and it is based upon
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
book
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
, then the line should read:
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
And it will be easiest if you save the file to
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
thesis.layout
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
: LyX assumes that the document class has the same name as the layout file.
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
DeclareLaTeXClass[thesis,book]{thesis}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
If, on the other hand, the new class is not based upon an existing class,
|
|
you will probably have to
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
roll your own
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
layout.
|
|
We strongly suggest copying an existing layout file which uses a similar
|
|
LaTeX class and then modifying it, if you can do so.
|
|
At least use an existing file as a starting point so you can find out what
|
|
items you need to worry about.
|
|
Again, the specifics are covered below.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
|
Vorlagen erstellen
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
|
LatexCommand label
|
|
name "sub:Vorlagen-erstellen"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Once you have written a layout file for a new document class, you might
|
|
want to consider writing a
|
|
\emph on
|
|
template
|
|
\emph default
|
|
for it, too.
|
|
A template acts as a kind of tutorial for your layout, showing how it might
|
|
be used, though containing dummy content.
|
|
You can of course look at the various templates included with LyX for ideas.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Templates are created just like usual documents: using LyX.
|
|
The only difference is that usual documents contain all possible settings,
|
|
including the font scheme and the paper size.
|
|
Usually a user doesn't want a template to overwrite his preferred settings
|
|
for such parameters.
|
|
For that reason, the designer of a template should remove the corresponding
|
|
commands like
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
font_roman
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
or
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
papersize
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
from the template LyX file.
|
|
This can be done with any simple text-editor, for example
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
vi
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
or
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
notepad
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Put the edited template files you create in
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
UserDir/templates/
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
, copy the ones you use from the global template directory in
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
LyXDir/templates/
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
to the same place, and redefine the template path in the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Paths
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
dialog.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Note, by the way, that there is a template which has a particular meaning:
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
defaults.lyx
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
This template is loaded every time you create a new document with
|
|
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
New
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
in order to provide useful defaults.
|
|
To create this template from inside LyX, all you have to do is to open
|
|
a document with the correct settings, and use the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Save as Document Defaults
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
button.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
|
Alte Layout-Dateien auf den neuesten Stand bringen
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
The format of layout files changes with each LyX release, so old layout
|
|
files need to be converted to the new format.
|
|
This process has been automated since LyX 1.4: If LyX reads a layout file
|
|
in an older format, it automatically calls the script
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
layout2layout.py
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
to convert it to a temporary file in current format.
|
|
The original file is left untouched.
|
|
If you use the layout file often, then, you may want to convert it permanently,
|
|
so that LyX does not have to do so itself every time.
|
|
To do this, you can call the converter manually:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
mv myclass.layout myclass.old
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
python LyXDir/scripts/layout2layout.py myclass.old myclass.layout
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
You need to replace
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
LyXDir
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
with the name of your LyX system directory, of course.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Note that manual conversion does not affect included files, so these will
|
|
have to be converted separately.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Section
|
|
Das Layout-Dateiformat
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
|
LatexCommand label
|
|
name "sec:Das-Layout-Dateiformat"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
When it's finally time to get your hands dirty and create or edit your own
|
|
layout file, the following sections describe what you're up against.
|
|
Our advice is to go slowly, save and test often, listen to soothing music,
|
|
and enjoy one or two of your favorite adult beverages; more if you are
|
|
getting particularly stuck.
|
|
It's really not that hard, except that the multitude of options can become
|
|
overwhelming if you try to do too much in one sitting.
|
|
Go have another adult beverage, just for good measure.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Note that all the tags used in layout files are case-insensitive.
|
|
This means that
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Style
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
style
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
StYlE
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
are really the same tag.
|
|
The possible values are printed in brackets after the feature's name.
|
|
The default value if a feature isn't specified inside a text class-description
|
|
is typeset
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
\lang english
|
|
emphasized
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
If the argument has a data type like
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
string
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
or
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
float
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
, the default is shown like this:
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
float=
|
|
\emph on
|
|
default
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
|
Deklaration einer neuen Textklasse
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Zeilen, die mit einem
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
#
|
|
\family default
|
|
beginnen, sind Kommentare.
|
|
Mit einer Ausnahme: alle Textklassen sollten mit Zeilen ähnlich wie den
|
|
folgenden beginnen:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\size small
|
|
#% Do not delete the line below; configure depends on this
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\size small
|
|
#
|
|
\backslash
|
|
DeclareLaTe
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\size default
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset ERT
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
{}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
\size small
|
|
XClass{article}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Die zweite Zeile wird benötigt, wenn Sie LyX konfigurieren.
|
|
Die Textklassen-Datei wird von dem LaTeX-Skript
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex URL
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
chkconfig.ltx
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
gelesen, und zwar in einem speziellen Modus, in dem
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
#
|
|
\family default
|
|
-Zeichen ignoriert werden.
|
|
Die erste Zeile ist einfach ein LaTeX-Kommentar, in der zweiten wird die
|
|
Textklasse deklariert.
|
|
Eine Datei namens
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
article.layout
|
|
\family default
|
|
, die mit diesen beiden Zeilen beginnt, definiert eine Textklasse mit dem
|
|
Namen
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
article
|
|
\family default
|
|
und benutzt die LaTeX-Dokumentenklasse
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
article.cls
|
|
\family default
|
|
.
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
article
|
|
\emph default
|
|
ist auch die Beschreibung, die später im Popup-Menü
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Einstellungen
|
|
\family default
|
|
auftaucht.
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Angenommen, Sie möchten Ihre eigene Textklasse schreiben, welche die LaTeX-Doku\SpecialChar \-
|
|
m
|
|
en\SpecialChar \-
|
|
tenklasse
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
article
|
|
\family default
|
|
benutzt, in der Sie aber das Aussehen der Kopfzeile verändert haben.
|
|
Wenn Sie dann Ihre Textklasse in eine Datei namens
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
myarticle.
|
|
\begin_inset Newline linebreak
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
layout
|
|
\family default
|
|
schreiben, sollten die ersten beiden Zeilen der Datei etwa so aussehen:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\size small
|
|
#% Do not delete the line below; configure depends on this
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\size small
|
|
#
|
|
\backslash
|
|
DeclareLaTe
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\size default
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset ERT
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
{}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
\size small
|
|
XClass[article]{article (with my own headings)}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Auf diese Weise deklarieren Sie eine Textklasse
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
myarticle
|
|
\family default
|
|
, die die LaTeX
|
|
\begin_inset ERT
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
"=
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Dokumentklasse
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
article.cls
|
|
\family default
|
|
verwendet und (im Popup-Menü) beschrieben wird mit:
|
|
\family sans
|
|
article (with my own headings)
|
|
\family default
|
|
.
|
|
Falls Ihre Textklasse auch noch von weiteren Paketen abhängt, können Sie
|
|
das so angeben:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\size small
|
|
#% Do not delete the line below; configure depends on this
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\size small
|
|
#
|
|
\backslash
|
|
DeclareLaTe
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\size default
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset ERT
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
{}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
\size small
|
|
XClass[article,foo.sty]{article (with my own head
|
|
\begin_inset ERT
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
"-
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
ings)}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Dadurch wird angezeigt, dass Ihre Klasse auch das Paket
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
foo.sty
|
|
\family default
|
|
verwendet.
|
|
Schließlich können Sie auch Klassen für DocBook festlegen.
|
|
Eine typische Deklaration sieht so aus:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\size small
|
|
#% Do not delete the line below; configure depends on this
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\size small
|
|
#
|
|
\backslash
|
|
DeclareDocBookClass[article]{SGML (DocBook article)}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Diesen Deklarationen kann außerdem ein optionaler Parameter zugefügt werden,
|
|
der den Namen der Dokumentenklasse festlegt (hier ist aber keine Liste
|
|
erlaubt).
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Wenn Sie eine Textklasse nach Ihrem Geschmack erstellt haben, müssen Sie
|
|
die Datei nur noch in das Verzeichnis
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
Ly
|
|
\begin_inset ERT
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
{}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
XDir/layouts/
|
|
\family default
|
|
oder nach
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
UserDir/layouts
|
|
\family default
|
|
kopieren und unter LyX den Menüpunkt
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Neu
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
konfigurieren
|
|
\family default
|
|
auswählen.
|
|
Nach dem Neustart von LyX sollte Ihre Textklasse im Popup-Menü
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Einstellungen
|
|
\family default
|
|
auswählbar sein.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
The Module declaration
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
A module must begin with a line like the following:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
#
|
|
\backslash
|
|
DeclareLyXModule[endnotes.sty]{Endnotes}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
The mandatory argument, in curly brackets, is the name of the module, as
|
|
it should appear in
|
|
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Modules
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
The argument in square brackets is optional: It declares any LaTeX packages
|
|
on which the module depends.
|
|
Please note that only packages about which LyX knows should be listed in
|
|
the square brackets.
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
The list of such packages is documented only in the source code.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
LyX will not check for arbitrary packages.
|
|
It is also possible to use the form
|
|
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
from->to
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
as an optional argument, which declares that the module can only be used
|
|
when there exists a conversion chain between the formats `
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
from
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
' and `
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
to
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
'.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
The module declaration should then be followed by lines like the following
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Preferably in English if the module should be published with LyX.
|
|
This description will appear in the list of messages to be translated and
|
|
will be thus translated with the next interface update.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
#DescriptionBegin
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
#Adds an endnote command, in addition to footnotes.
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
#You will need to add
|
|
\backslash
|
|
theendnotes in TeX code where you
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
#want the endnotes to appear.
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
#DescriptionEnd
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
#Requires: somemodule | othermodule
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
#Excludes: badmodule
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
The description is used in
|
|
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Modules
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
to provide the user with information about what the module does.
|
|
The
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Requires
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
line is used to identify other modules with which this one must be used;
|
|
the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Excludes
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
line is used to identify modules with which this one may not be used.
|
|
Both are optional, and, as shown, multiple modules should be separated
|
|
with the pipe symbol: |.
|
|
Note that the required modules are treated disjunctively:
|
|
\emph on
|
|
at least one
|
|
\emph default
|
|
of the required modules must be used.
|
|
Similarly,
|
|
\emph on
|
|
no
|
|
\emph default
|
|
excluded module may be used.
|
|
Note that modules are identified here by their
|
|
\emph on
|
|
filenames
|
|
\emph default
|
|
without the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
.module
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
extension.
|
|
So
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
somemodule
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
is really
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
somemodule.module
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
|
Dateiformat
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Die erste Zeile, die kein Kommentar ist, muss die Dateiformatnummer enthalten:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Format
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
int
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
]
|
|
\family default
|
|
\lang english
|
|
The format of the layout file.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
This tag was introduced with LyX 1.4.0.
|
|
Layout files from LyX 1.3.x and earlier don't have an explicit file format
|
|
and are considered to be of format 1.
|
|
The format for the present version of LyX is format 21.
|
|
But each version of LyX is capable of reading earlier versions' layout
|
|
files, just as they are capable of reading files produced by earlier versions
|
|
of LyX.
|
|
There is, however, no provision for converting to earlier formats.
|
|
So LyX 1.6.x will not read layout files in format 21 but only files in format
|
|
11 or earlier.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
|
Allgemeine Parameter für Textklassen
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
|
LatexCommand label
|
|
name "sub:Allgemeine-Parameter-für"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Nachfolgend allgemeine Parameter, die die Form des gesamten Dokumentes be\SpecialChar \-
|
|
schrei\SpecialChar \-
|
|
b
|
|
en:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
AddToHTMLPreamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Adds information that will be output in the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
<head>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
block when this document class is output to XHTML.
|
|
Typically, this would be used to output CSS style information, but it can
|
|
be used for anything that can appear in
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
<head>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
Must end with
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
EndPreamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\series medium
|
|
AddToPreamble
|
|
\family default
|
|
\series default
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
fügt Informationen zum LaTeX-Vorspann hinzu und muss mir
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
EndPreamble
|
|
\family default
|
|
beendet werden.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
CiteFormat
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Defines formats for use in the display of bibliographic information.
|
|
See Section
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sub:Citation-format-description"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
for details.
|
|
Must end with
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
End
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\series medium
|
|
ClassOptions\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
|
End
|
|
\family default
|
|
\series default
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Dieser Abschnitt beschreibt verschiedene globale Optionen, die von der Dokumente
|
|
nklasse unterstützt werden.
|
|
Eine detaillierte Beschreibung finden Sie in Abschnitt
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sub:Der-Abschnitt-ClassOptions"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\series medium
|
|
Columns
|
|
\family default
|
|
\series default
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
2
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Gibt an, ob die Textklasse standardmäßig ein- oder zweispaltig gesetzt
|
|
wird.
|
|
Kann im Popup-Menü
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Einstellungen
|
|
\family default
|
|
\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
|
geändert werden.
|
|
Diese Einstellung ist wichtig: Falls Ihre Textklasse standardmäßig zweispaltig
|
|
gesetzt wird, Sie aber vergessen, das korrekt anzugeben, wird die Option
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
twocolumn
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
nicht
|
|
\emph default
|
|
gesetzt, wenn Sie
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Zweispaltiges
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Dokument
|
|
\family default
|
|
in
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Einstellungen
|
|
\family default
|
|
\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
|
aktivieren.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\series medium
|
|
Counter
|
|
\family default
|
|
\series default
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
definiert einen neuen Zähler (siehe
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand vref
|
|
reference "sub:Zähler"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
) und muss mit
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
End
|
|
\family default
|
|
beendet werden.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\series medium
|
|
DefaultFont
|
|
\family default
|
|
\series default
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Dieser Parameter definiert den Standardzeichensatz des Dokuments.
|
|
Eine genauere Beschreibung finden Sie in Abschnitt
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand vref
|
|
reference "sub:Beschreibung-des-Zeichensatzes"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\series medium
|
|
DefaultModule
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[string]
|
|
\family default
|
|
\series default
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
spezifiziert ein Modul, das standardmäßig zu dieser Dokumentklasse hinzugefügt
|
|
wird.
|
|
string ist der Dateiname ohne die Erweiterung
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
.module
|
|
\family default
|
|
.
|
|
Sie können das Modul zwar entfernen, aber es bleibt von Beginn an aktiv.
|
|
Es wird nur angewendet, wenn neue Dateien erstellt oder diese Klasse für
|
|
ein vorhandenes Dokument gewählt werden.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\series medium
|
|
DefaultStyle
|
|
\series default
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[string]
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
Dies ist das Layout für neu angelegte Absätze, normalerweise
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Standard
|
|
\family default
|
|
.
|
|
Fehlt dieser Eintrag, wird das erste definierte Layout verwendet; dennoch
|
|
ist es sehr ratsam, diese Anweisung anzugeben.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\series medium
|
|
ExcludesModule
|
|
\series default
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\series medium
|
|
[string]
|
|
\family default
|
|
\series default
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
zeigt an, dass das genannte Modul -- spezifiziert durch den Dateinamen ohne
|
|
die Erweiterung
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
.module
|
|
\family default
|
|
-- in dieser Dokumentklasse nicht benutzt werden kann.
|
|
Dies könnte in einem Journal-spezifischen Layout benutzt werden, um zum
|
|
Beispiel die Verwendung des theorems-sec-Moduls, das Theoreme abschnittsweise
|
|
nummeriert, zu verhindern.
|
|
Diese Marke darf
|
|
\emph on
|
|
nicht
|
|
\emph default
|
|
in einem Modul benutzt werden.
|
|
Module haben einen anderen Weg, andere Module auszuschließen (siehe
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sub:Layout-Module"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
).
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\series medium
|
|
Float
|
|
\family default
|
|
\series default
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
definiert ein neues Gleitobjekt (siehe
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand vref
|
|
reference "sub:Gleitobjekte"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
) und muss mit
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
End
|
|
\family default
|
|
beendet werden.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
HTMLPreamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Sets the information that will be output in the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
<head>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
block when this document class is output to XHTML.
|
|
Note that this will completely override any prior
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
HTMLPreamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
or
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
AddToHTMLPreamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
declarations.
|
|
(Use
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
AddToHTMLPreamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
if you just want to add material to the preamble.) Must end with
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
EndPreamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
HTMLTOCSection
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
]
|
|
\lang english
|
|
The layout to use for the table of contents, bibliography, and so forth,
|
|
when the document is output to HTML.
|
|
For articles, this should normally be Section; for books, Chapter.
|
|
If it is not given, then LyX will attempt to figure out which layout to
|
|
use.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
IfCounter
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
]
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Modifies the properties of the given counter.
|
|
If the counter does not exist, the section is ignored.
|
|
Must end with
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
End
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
See Section
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sub:Zähler"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
for details on counters.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
IfStyle
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
]
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Modifies the properties of the given paragraph style.
|
|
If the style does not exist, the section is ignored.
|
|
Must end with
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
End
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\series medium
|
|
Input
|
|
\family default
|
|
\series default
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Hiermit können Sie andere Dateien einbinden, die Definitionen für Textklassen
|
|
enthalten.
|
|
Damit können Sie unnötige Mehrfachdefinitionen vermeiden.
|
|
Beispielsweise binden die meisten Standardtextklassen die Datei
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
stdclass.inc
|
|
\family default
|
|
ein, in der ein Großteil der Definitionen für Standardlayouts gemacht wird.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\series medium
|
|
InsetLayout
|
|
\family default
|
|
\series default
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
definiert das Layout einer Einfügung (neu).
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\series medium
|
|
InsetLayout
|
|
\family default
|
|
\series default
|
|
kann auf eine vorhandene Einfügung angewendet werden oder eine neue, benutzerde
|
|
finierte, zum Beispiel einen neuen Zeichenstil.
|
|
Abschnitt
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand vref
|
|
reference "sub:Flexible-Einfügungen-und"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
enthält weitere Einzelheiten.
|
|
Diese Marke muss mit
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
End
|
|
\family default
|
|
beendet werden.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LeftMargin
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] ist ein String dessen Länge die Breite des linken Randes festlegt, zum
|
|
Beispiel
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
MMMMM
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
NoCounter
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
]
|
|
\lang english
|
|
This command deletes an existing counter, usually one defined in an included
|
|
file.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\series medium
|
|
NoFloat
|
|
\family default
|
|
\series default
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
löscht ein vorhandenes Gleitobjekt.
|
|
Dies ist besonders dann nützlich, wenn Sie ein Gleitobjekt, das in einer
|
|
Eingabedatei definiert wurde, unterdrücken wollen.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\series medium
|
|
NoStyle
|
|
\family default
|
|
\series default
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Mit diesem Befehl können Sie die Definition eines bereits mit
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
Style
|
|
\family default
|
|
defi\SpecialChar \-
|
|
nier\SpecialChar \-
|
|
ten Layouts rückgängig ma\SpecialChar \-
|
|
chen.
|
|
Dies ist dann nützlich, wenn Sie ein Layout unterdrücken möchten, das in
|
|
einer Datei definiert wird, die Sie mit
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
Input
|
|
\family default
|
|
eingebunden haben.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\series medium
|
|
OutputFormat
|
|
\family default
|
|
\series default
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
A string indicating the file format (as defined in the Preferences dialog)
|
|
produced by this class.
|
|
It is mainly useful when OutputType is `literate' and one wants to define
|
|
a new type of literate document.
|
|
This string is reset to `docbook', `latex', or `literate' when the correspondin
|
|
g OutputType parameter is encountered.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\series medium
|
|
OutputType
|
|
\family default
|
|
\series default
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
ist eine Zeichenkette, die angibt, welche Dokumentart diese Klasse erzeugt.
|
|
Zur Zeit gibt es folgende Möglichkeiten:
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
docbook
|
|
\family default
|
|
,
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
latex
|
|
\family default
|
|
und
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
literate
|
|
\family default
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\series medium
|
|
PageStyle
|
|
\family default
|
|
\series default
|
|
[
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\emph on
|
|
plain
|
|
\emph default
|
|
, empty, headings
|
|
\family default
|
|
]
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Der Standardseitenstil.
|
|
Kann ebenfalls im Popup-Menü
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Ein\SpecialChar \-
|
|
stel\SpecialChar \-
|
|
lun\SpecialChar \-
|
|
gen
|
|
\family default
|
|
\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
|
geändert werden.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\series medium
|
|
Preamble\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
|
EndPreamble
|
|
\family default
|
|
\series default
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
An dieser Stelle können Sie LaTeX-Code angeben, der vor
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
begin{document}
|
|
\family default
|
|
in die LaTeX-Ausgabe eingebunden wird.
|
|
Zum Beispiel eigene Definitionen von LaTeX-Makros.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\series medium
|
|
Provides
|
|
\family default
|
|
\series default
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] [
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
]
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
zeigt an, ob die Klasse bereits die Funktion
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
string
|
|
\family default
|
|
liefert.
|
|
Normalerweise ist eine Funktion der Name eines Paketes (
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
amsmath
|
|
\family default
|
|
,
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
makeidx
|
|
\family default
|
|
,\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
|
) oder ein Makro (
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
url
|
|
\family default
|
|
,
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
boldsymbol
|
|
\family default
|
|
,\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
|
).
|
|
Die vollständige Liste der unterstützten Funktionen ist leider nur in den
|
|
LyX-Quellen dokumentiert -- in
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
src/LaTe
|
|
\family sans
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset ERT
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
{}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
X\SpecialChar \-
|
|
Features.cpp
|
|
\family default
|
|
.
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Hilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
LaTe
|
|
\begin_inset ERT
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
{}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
X-Konfiguration
|
|
\family default
|
|
gibt einen Überblick über die unterstützten Pakete.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
ProvidesModule
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] zeigt an, dass dieses Layout die Funktionalität des Moduls
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
anbietet, das als Dateiname ohne die Erweiterung
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
.module
|
|
\family default
|
|
angegeben wird.
|
|
Dies wird typischerweise benutzt, wenn das Layout das Modul direkt benutzt
|
|
statt den Tag
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
DefaultModule
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
zu benutzen.
|
|
Es könnte auch in einem Modul benutzt werden, das eine andere Implementation
|
|
derselben Funktion liefert.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Requires
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
]
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
zeigt an, ob die Klasse die Funktion
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
benötigt.
|
|
Mehrfache Funktionen müssen durch Komma getrennt werden Beachten Sie, dass
|
|
Sie nur unterstützte Funktionen anfordern können.
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
(Again, see
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
LaTeXFeatures.cpp
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
for a list of these.)
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
RightMargin
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] ist ein String dessen Länge die Breite des rechten Randes festlegt, zum
|
|
Beispiel
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
MMMMM
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
SecNumDepth
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
int=3
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] legt die Nummerierungstiefe fest; korrespondiert mit dem LaTeX-Zähler
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
secnumdepth
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Sides
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
2
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Gibt an, ob der Text standardmäßig für ein- oder für zweiseitigen Druck
|
|
gesetzt wird.
|
|
Kann im Dialog
|
|
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Einstellungen
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
geändert werden.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Style
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
<Name>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] definiert einen neuen Absatzstil.
|
|
Wenn er bereits existiert, werden stattdessen einige seiner Parameter neu
|
|
definiert.
|
|
Muss mit
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
End
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
beendet werden.
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Siehe Abschnitt
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sub:Einzelne-Absatz-Layouts"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
für mehr über Absatzstile.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
TitleLatexName
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string="maketitle"
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] ist der Name des Befehls oder der Umgebung, der für
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
TitleLatexType
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
benutzt werden soll.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
TitleLatexType
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
CommandAfter
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Environment
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] gibt an, wie der Dokumenttitel aussehen soll.
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
CommandAfter
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
bedeutet, dass das Makro namens
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
TitleLatexName
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
nach dem letzten Layout mit
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
InTitle
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
gesetzt werden soll.
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Environment
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
ist für den Fall, dass alle Layouts mit
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
InTitle
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
in die
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
TitleLatexName
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
-Umgebung gesetzt werden sollen.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
TocDepth
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
int=3
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] legt fest, bis zu welcher Tiefe das Inhaltsverzeichnis gehen soll; korrespondi
|
|
ert mit dem LaTeX-Zähler
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
tocdepth
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
|
Der Abschnitt
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
ClassOptions
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
|
LatexCommand label
|
|
name "sub:Der-Abschnitt-ClassOptions"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Der Abschnitt
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
ClassOptions
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
kann folgende Einträge enthalten:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
FontSize
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string="10|11|12"
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Eine Liste verfügbarer Größen für den Hauptzeichensatz; die Einträge werden
|
|
mit
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
getrennt.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Header
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
wird benutzt, um die DTD-Zeile mit XML-basierten Klassen zu setzen.
|
|
Zum Beispiel PUBLIC
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V4.2//EN
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Other
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string=""
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Sonstige Optionen für die Dokumentenklasse, die durch Komma getrennt werden.
|
|
Sie werden in dem
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
documentclass
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
-
|
|
\family default
|
|
Befehl als optionales Argument übergeben.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
PageStyle
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string="empty|plain|headings|fancy"
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Eine Liste verfügbarer Seitenstile; die Einträge werden mit
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
getrennt.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Der Abschnitt
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
ClassOptions
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
muss mit
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
End
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
beendet werden.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
|
Einzelne Absatz-Layouts
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
|
LatexCommand label
|
|
name "sub:Einzelne-Absatz-Layouts"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Eine Layoutbeschreibung für einen Absatz sieht wie folgt aus
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Sie können mit diesem Ausdruck entweder ein neues Layout definieren oder
|
|
aber ein bereits definiertes umdefinieren.
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
Style
|
|
\family roman
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Name
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
...
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
End
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Innerhalb des Blocks sind folgende Befehle erlaubt:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Align
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
block
|
|
\emph default
|
|
, left, right, center
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Gibt an, ob der Text im Blocksatz linksbündig, rechtsbündig oder zentriert
|
|
gesetzt wird.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
AlignPossible
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
block
|
|
\emph default
|
|
, left, right, center
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Eine Liste von möglichen Textausrichtungen, die durch Kommata voneinander
|
|
getrennt werden.
|
|
(Einige LaTeX-Stile verbieten bestimmte Ausrichtungen, weil sie keinen
|
|
Sinn machen.
|
|
Beispielsweise sollte in einer nummerierten Aufzählung der Text nicht rechtsbün
|
|
dig oder zentriert gesetzt werden.)
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
BabelPreamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Beachten Sie, dass dies alle vorhergehenden
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
BabelPreamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
-Dekla\SpecialChar \-
|
|
ration für diesen Stil überschreibt.
|
|
Muss mit
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
EndBabelPreamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
beendet werden.
|
|
Siehe Abschnitt
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sub:I18n"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
für Details zur Verwendung.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
BottomSep
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
float=0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
]
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
float
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
ist eine Gleitkommazahl, wie
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
1,5
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Der vertikale Abstand, der die letzte Serie von Absätzen vom folgenden
|
|
Text trennt.
|
|
Wenn der nächste Paragraph einen anderen Stil hat, werden die Abstände
|
|
nicht einfach addiert, sondern das Maximum wird verwendet.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Category
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] ist die Kategorie für diesen Stil.
|
|
Sie wird benutzt, um zugehörige Stile in der Layout-Kombobox der Werkzeugleiste
|
|
zu gruppieren.
|
|
Jeder beliebige String kann benutzt werden, aber es ist sinnvoll vorhandene
|
|
Ka\SpecialChar \-
|
|
te\SpecialChar \-
|
|
gorien zusammen mit Ihren eigenen Stilen zu benutzen.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
CommandDepth
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
ist die Tiefe des XML-Befehls und wird nur für XML-Formate benutzt.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
CopyStyle
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Kopiert alle Eigenschaften eines bereits definierten Layouts in das aktuelle.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
DependsOn
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
<Name>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] ist der Name eines Stils, dessen Vorspann
|
|
\emph on
|
|
vor
|
|
\emph default
|
|
diesem ausgegeben werden soll.
|
|
Dadurch wird eine Reihenfolge von Vorspannteilen bewirkt, wenn Makro-Definition
|
|
en voneinander abhängen.
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Beachten Sie, dass es außer dieser Funktionalität keine andere Möglichkeit
|
|
gibt, Vorspanne zu ordnen.
|
|
Die Reihenfolge, die Sie in einer LyX-Version sehen, kann sich in späteren
|
|
Versionen ohne Warnung ändern.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
EndLabeltype
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
No_Label
|
|
\emph default
|
|
, Box, Filled_Box, Static
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
]
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
ist der Markentyp, der am Ende eines Absatzes steht (oder mehrerer Absätze,
|
|
wenn
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LatexType
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
auf
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Environment
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Item_Environment
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
oder
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
List_Environment
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
gesetzt ist).
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
No_Label
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
bedeutet
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
nichts
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Box
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
oder
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Filled_Box
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
ist ein weißes oder schwarzes Quadrat, das für das Markieren eines Beweisendes
|
|
geeignet ist.
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Static
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
ist eine explizite Zeichenkette.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
EndLabelString
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string=""
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] ist eine Zeichenkette, die für einen
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Static
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
EndLabelType
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
benutzt wird.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Font
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Der Zeichensatz, der für den Textkörper
|
|
\emph on
|
|
und
|
|
\emph default
|
|
die Marke verwendet wird, siehe Abschnitt
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sub:Beschreibung-des-Zeichensatzes"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
Wird
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Font
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
gesetzt, dann erhält
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LabelFont
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
automatisch denselben Wert.
|
|
Daher sollte
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Font
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
zuerst definiert werden.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
FreeSpacing
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Normalerweise erlaubt es LyX nicht, mehr als ein Leerzeichen zwischen
|
|
Wörtern einzufügen.
|
|
Diese Eigenschaft kann in bestimmten Fällen umständ\SpecialChar \-
|
|
lich sein, zum Beispiel,
|
|
wenn ein Programmcode eingegeben werden soll.
|
|
In solchen Fällen kann
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
FreeSpacing
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
auf
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
gesetzt werden.
|
|
LyX erzeugt in diesem Falls sich LyX nicht im LaTeX-Modus befindet, erzeugt
|
|
es für jedes zusätzliche Leerzeichen ein geschütztes Leerzeichen.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
HTML*
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Diese Tags kontrollieren die XHTML-Ausgabe.
|
|
Siehe Abschnitt
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sec:Tags-for-XHTML"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
InnerTag
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[[FIXME]] (Wird nur für XML-Formate benutzt.)
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
InPreamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
]Wenn auf
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
gesetzt, wird der Stil in den LaTeX-Vorspann gesetzt und nicht in den eigentlich
|
|
en Dokumenttext.
|
|
Dies ist nützlich für Dokumentklassen, die Informationen wie den Titel
|
|
und Autor im Vorspann erwarten.
|
|
Beachten Sie, dass dies nur für Stile funktioniert, deren
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LatexType
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Command
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
oder
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Paragraph
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
ist.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
InTitle
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Wenn auf
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
gesetzt, wird der Stil als Teil des Titel-Abschnitts behandelt (siehe auch
|
|
die allgemeinen Textklassen-Parameter
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
TitleLatexType
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
und
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
TitleLatexName
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
).
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
ItemSep
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
float=0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Ein zusätzlicher Abstand zwischen Absätzen desselben Layouts.
|
|
Wenn in einer Umgebung andere Layouts integriert werden, so werden diese
|
|
mit dem
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
ParSep
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
der Umgebung getrennt.
|
|
Die kompletten Unterpunkte der Umgebung werden jedoch
|
|
\emph on
|
|
zusätzlich
|
|
\emph default
|
|
mit
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
ItemSep
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
getrennt.
|
|
Man beachte, dass
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
ItemSep
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
ein
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Multiplikator
|
|
\emph default
|
|
ist
|
|
\emph on
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
ItemTag
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[[FIXME]] (Wird nur für XML-Formate benutzt.)
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
KeepEmpty
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Normalerweise ist es in LyX nicht möglich, einen Absatz leer zu lassen,
|
|
da das zu einer leeren LaTeX-Ausgabe führen würde.
|
|
In manchen Fällen ist das aber durchaus gewünscht: So können beispielsweise
|
|
in einer Briefvorlage die benötigten Felder leer voreingestellt werden,
|
|
damit keiner vergisst, sie anzugeben; in speziellen Klassen wird ein Absatz
|
|
als Unterbrechung verwendet, der keinen Text enthält.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LabelBottomsep
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
float=0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Der vertikale Abstand zwischen der Marke und dem folgenden Text.
|
|
Wird nur für Marken benutzt, die über dem folgenden Text stehen (
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Top_Environment
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
und
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Centered_Top_Environment
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
).
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LabelCounter
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string=""
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] ist der Name des Zählers zur automatischen Nummerierung.
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Er
|
|
\emph on
|
|
muss
|
|
\emph default
|
|
angegeben werden, wenn
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LabelType
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Counter
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
ist.
|
|
In diesem Fall wird der Zähler jedes mal erhöht, wenn das entsprechende
|
|
Layout im Dokument verwendet wird.
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Er
|
|
\emph on
|
|
kann
|
|
\emph default
|
|
angegeben werden, wenn
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LabelType
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Enumerate
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
ist.
|
|
In diesem Fall ist es etwas kompliziert: Angenommen Sie haben
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LabelCounter MeinZaehler
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
angegeben, dann lauten die eigentlichen Zähler
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
MeinZaehleri
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
MeinZaehlerii
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
MeinZaehleriii
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
und
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
MeinZaehleriv
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
; so wie in LaTeX.
|
|
Diese Zähler müssen alle separat deklariert werden.
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Siehe Abschnitt
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sub:Zähler"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
für Einzelheiten zu Zählern.
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LabelFont
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Der Zeichensatz, der für die Marke verwendet wird.
|
|
Siehe Abschnitt
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sub:Beschreibung-des-Zeichensatzes"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LabelIndent
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string=""
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Text der angibt, wie weit die Marke eingerückt werden soll.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Labelsep
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string=""
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Text der den horizontalen Abstand zwischen der Marke und dem folgenden
|
|
Text angibt.
|
|
Wird nur für Marken benutzt, die nicht über dem folgenden Text stehen.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LabelString
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string=""
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Der String, der für den
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LabelType
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Static
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
verwendet wird.
|
|
Wenn
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LabelCounter
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
gesetzt wurde, kann der String spezielle Formatierungsbefehle enthalten,
|
|
wie sie in Abschnitt
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sub:Zähler"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
be\SpecialChar \-
|
|
schrieben sind.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LabelStringAppendix
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string=""
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] wird im Anhang anstatt
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LabelString
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
benutzt.
|
|
Beachten Sie, dass jede Definition von
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LabelString
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
auch
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LabelStringAppendix
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
zurücksetzt.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LabelTag
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[FIXME] (Wird nur für XML-Formate benutzt.)
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LabelType
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
No_Label
|
|
\emph default
|
|
, Manual, Static, Top_Environment,
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Centered_Top_Environment, Counter, Sensitive, Enumerate,
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Itemize, Bibliography
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
]
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_deeper
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Manual
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
bedeutet: die Marke ist das erste Wort (bis zum ersten echten Leerzeichen).
|
|
Verwenden Sie geschützte Leerzeichen wenn Sie mehr als ein Wort als Marke
|
|
haben wollen.
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Static
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
bedeutet: die Marke ist was als
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LabelString
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
definiert wurde.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Top_Environment
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
und
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Centered_Top_Environment
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
sind Spezialfälle von
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Static
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
Die Marke erscheint über dem Absatz, aber nur am Anfang der Umgebung oder
|
|
am Anfang einer Serie von Absätzen mit diesem Layout.
|
|
Dies benutzt man zum Beispiel im
|
|
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Abstract
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
-Layout.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Sensitive
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
ist ein Spezialfall für die Bildunterschriftsmarken für Abbildungen und
|
|
Tabellen-Gleitobjekte.
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Sensitive
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
bedeutet, dass der gedruckte Text von der Art des Gleitobjekts abhängt:
|
|
Er ist fest einprogrammiert als 'GleitobjektTyp N', wobei N der Wert des
|
|
Zählers des Gleitobjekttyps ist.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Counter
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
definiert automatisch nummerierte Zähler.
|
|
Der
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LabelString
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
wird erweitert, damit er alle
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Counter
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
enthält: Das Ergebnis wird demnach zum Beispiel
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Abschnitt
|
|
\backslash
|
|
thechapter.
|
|
\backslash
|
|
thesection
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
sein.
|
|
Siehe Abschnitt
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sub:Zähler"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
für weitere Informationen über Zähler.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Enumerate
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
erzeugt die üblichen Marken für Nummerierungen.
|
|
Momentan sind diese fest auf arabische Zahlen, Kleinbuchstaben, kleine
|
|
römische Zahlen und Großbuchstaben (für die 4
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
möglichen Schachtelungstiefen) programmiert.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Itemize
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
erzeugt je nach Schachtelungsebene verschiedene Auflistungszeichen, Diese
|
|
sind ebenfalls fest programmiert.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Bibliography
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
wird intern von LyX verwendet und sollte nur zusammen mit
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LatexType BibEnvironment
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
verwendet werden.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_deeper
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LangPreamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Beachten Sie, dass dies alle vorhergehenden
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LangPreamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
-Deklaration für diesen Stil überschreibt.
|
|
Muss mit
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
EndLangPreamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
beendet werden.
|
|
Siehe Abschnitt
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sub:I18n"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
für Details zur Verwendung.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LatexName
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
<Name>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Der LaTeX-Name für dieses Layout.
|
|
Das bedeutet entweder der Name eines LaTeX-Befehls oder der einer LaTeX-Umgebun
|
|
g.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LatexParam
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
<Parameter>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Ein optionaler Parameter für den entsprechenden
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LatexName
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
Dieser Parameter kann innerhalb von LyX nicht mehr geändert werden.
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LatexType
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Paragraph
|
|
\emph default
|
|
, Command, Environment, Item_Environment,
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
List_Environment, Bib_Environment
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Legt fest, wie das Layout in LaTeX übersetzt wird.
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LatexType
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
mag irreführend sein, denn dessen Regeln gelten auch für SGML-Klassen.
|
|
Siehe die SGML Klassendateien für spezielle Beispiele.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_deeper
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Paragraph
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
bewirkt nichts besonderes -- der Text wird als
|
|
\emph on
|
|
normaler
|
|
\emph default
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Absatz
|
|
\emph default
|
|
übernommen.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Command
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
behandelt den Text als Argument eines LaTeX-Befehls
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
(
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
LatexName
|
|
\emph default
|
|
{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
|
}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
).
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Environment
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
behandelt den Text als Kern einer LaTeX-Umgebung
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
(
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
begin{
|
|
\emph on
|
|
LatexName
|
|
\emph default
|
|
}\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
end{
|
|
\emph on
|
|
LatexName
|
|
\emph default
|
|
}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
).
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Item_Environment
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
bewirkt dasselbe wie
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Environment
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
, nur dass vor jedem Absatz ein
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
item
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
eingefügt wird.
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
List_Environment
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
funktioniert wie
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Item_Environment
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
, nur dass
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LabelWidthString
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
als Argument an die Umgebung übergeben wird.
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LabelWidthString
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
kann im Menü
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Bearbeiten
|
|
\family default
|
|
\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Absatz-Einstellungen
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Marginal
|
|
status open
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
\begin_inset Graphics
|
|
filename ../../images/layout-paragraph.png
|
|
BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
definiert werden.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Bib_Environment
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
ist wie
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Environment
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
aber fügt zusätzlich das notwendige Argument zum Begin-Befehl der Bibliography-
|
|
Umgebung ein:
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
begin{thebibliography}{99}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Es ist daher nur für die Bibliography-Umgebung nützlich.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Fasst man die letzten Sachen zusammen, wird die LaTeX-Ausgabe entweder so:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
LatexName[LatexParam]{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
|
}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
oder so:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
begin{LatexName}[LatexParam] \SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
end{LatexName}.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
aussehen, abhängig vom LaTeX-Typ.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_deeper
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LeftMargin
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string=""
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Wenn ein Layout in ein anderes Layout für Umgebungen eingefügt wird, werden
|
|
die Breiten der verschiedenen
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LeftMargin
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
nicht einfach addiert, sondern vorher in Abhängigkeit zur Schachtelungstiefe
|
|
mit dem Faktor
|
|
\begin_inset Formula $\frac{4}{\mathrm{Tiefe}+4}$
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
multipliziert.
|
|
Dieser Parameter wird auch dann benutzt, wenn
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Margin
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
als
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Manual
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
oder
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Dynamic
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
definiert wurde.
|
|
In diesem Fall wird der Wert zu den gegebenen manuellen oder dynamischen
|
|
Rändern hinzugefügt.
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Zum Beispiel bedeutet
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
MM
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
, dass der Absatz mit der Breite eingerückt wird, die die Buchstaben
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
MM
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
in der normalen Schriftart haben.
|
|
man kann negative Breite erzeugen, indem man den String mit
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
-
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
beginnt.
|
|
Diese Art der Angabe wurde gewählt, damit der Text unabhängig von der verwendet
|
|
en Bildschirmschriftart wie vorgesehen aussieht.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Margin
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Static
|
|
\emph default
|
|
, Manual, Dynamic, First_Dynamic, Right_Address_Box
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
]
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
legt fest, wie der linke Rand des Textes bestimmt wird.
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_deeper
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Static
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
wählt feste Randbreiten.
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Manual
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
bedeutet, dass der Rand von der Einstellung der
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Ausrichtung
|
|
\family default
|
|
im Menü
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Absatz-Einstellungen
|
|
\family default
|
|
(
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Bearbeiten
|
|
\family default
|
|
\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Absatz-Einstellungen
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Marginal
|
|
status open
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
\begin_inset Graphics
|
|
filename ../../images/layout-paragraph.png
|
|
BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
) abhängt.
|
|
Dies wird für hübsche Listen ohne Tabulatoren benutzt.
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Dynamic
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
bedeutet, der linke Rand hängt von der Größe der verwendeten Markierung
|
|
ab.
|
|
Dies wird zum Beispiel bei automatisch nummerierten Überschriften verwendet.
|
|
Es leuchtet ein, dass die Überschrift
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
5.4.3.2.1 Sehr lange \SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
|
Überschrift
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
einen größeren linken Rand benötigt, als
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
3.2 Sehr lange \SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
|
Überschrift
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
First_Dynamic
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
arbeitet ähnlich wie
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Dynamic
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
, aber nur die erste Zeile wird dynamisch gesetzt, die anderen statisch.
|
|
Dies wird für die LaTeX
|
|
\begin_inset ERT
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
"=
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Umgebung
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
description
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
benutzt.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Right_Address_Box
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
bedeutet, dass der Rand so gewählt wird, dass die längste Zeile des Absatzes
|
|
gerade den rechten Rand berührt.
|
|
Dies wird zum Setzen einer Adresse am rechten Rand der Seite eingesetzt.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_deeper
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
NeedProtect
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Gibt an, ob
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
zerbrechliche
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
LaTeX-Befehle innerhalb dieses Layouts durch
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
protect
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
geschützt werden müssen.
|
|
(Achtung: Diese Einstellung sagt nichts darüber aus, ob der Befehl an sich
|
|
geschützt werden soll.)
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Newline
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Gibt an, ob Zeilenumbrüche in LaTeX als
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
dargestellt werden, oder nicht.
|
|
Man kann dies ausschalten (Wert:
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
), um TeX-Code in LyX komfortabler editieren zu können.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
NextNoIndent
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Gibt an, ob der nachfolgende Absatz einen linken Einzug haben darf oder
|
|
nicht.
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
heißt, der Absatz erhält auf keinen Fall einen Einzug (z.
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
B.
|
|
nach einer Überschrift), wenn
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
DefaultStyle
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
- (normalerweise
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Standard
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
-) Paragraphen einen Einzug haben.
|
|
(Daher beeinflusst die Einstellung nur
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Standard
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
-Paragraphen.)
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
ObsoletedBy
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
<Name>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Der Name eines Layouts, das durch dieses ersetzt wurde.
|
|
So können Sie ein Layout umbenennen und die Rückwärtskompatibilität erhalten.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
OptionalArgs
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
int=0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Die Zahl der optionalen Argumente, die in diesem Layout benutzt werden
|
|
können.
|
|
Dies ist zum Beispiel bei Abschnittsüberschriften hilfreich und macht nur
|
|
mit LaTeX Sinn.
|
|
Beachten Sie, dass in der Ausgabe die optionalen Argumente vor den benöigten
|
|
stehen werden (siehe unten).
|
|
Man kann also Konstrukte wie dieses hier haben:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_deeper
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
mycmd[optional1]{benötigt1}{Inhalt des Paragraphs}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
aber nicht:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
mycmd[optional1]{benötigt1}[optional2]{Inhalt des Paragraphs}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
zumindest nicht ohne TeX-Code (in den man alles schreiben kann).
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_deeper
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
ParbreakIsNewline
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Gibt an, dass ein Paragraph nicht durch eine leere Zeile in der LaTeX-Ausgabe
|
|
abgesetzt wird, sondern nur duch einen Zeilenumbruch.
|
|
Zusammen mit
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
PassThru 1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
erlaubt dies die Emulation eines reinen Texteditors (so wie die TeX-Code
|
|
Einfügung).
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
ParIndent
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string=""
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Der Einzug der ersten Zeile eines Absatzes.
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Parindent
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
bleibt für ein bestimmtes Layout fest.
|
|
Eine Ausnahme ist das Standard-Layout, denn dort kann der Einzug vom vorherigen
|
|
Layout mit
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
NextNoIndent
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
verboten werden.
|
|
Außerdem benutzt das
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Standard
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
-Layout innerhalb von Umgebungen den
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Parindent
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
der Umgebung und nicht den eigenen.
|
|
Zum Beispiel haben
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Standard
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
-Absätze innerhalb einer Aufzählung keinen Einzug.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
ParSep
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
float=0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Der vertikale Anstand zwischen den Absätzen dieses Layouts.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Parskip
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
float=0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Der Benutzer kann in LyX wählen ob Absätze duch
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Einrückung
|
|
\family default
|
|
oder
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Vertikaler
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Abstand
|
|
\family default
|
|
getrennt werden.
|
|
Wenn
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Einrückung
|
|
\family default
|
|
gewählt ist, wird
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Parskip
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
ignoriert.
|
|
Ist
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Vertikaler
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Abstand
|
|
\family default
|
|
gewählt wird
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
ParIndent
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
ignoriert und alle Absätze durch den vertikalen Abstand von
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Parskip
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
getrennt.
|
|
Die Länge dieses Abstands berechnet sich mit
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Parskip
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
* DefaultHeight
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
wobei
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
DefaultHeight
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
die Höhe einer Zeile in der normalen Schrift ist.
|
|
Dadurch bleibt das Aussehen mit verschiedenen Schriften gleich.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
PassThru
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
]
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
Legt fest, ob der Absatzinhalt unverändert ausgegeben werden soll, also
|
|
ohne diverse von LaTeX benötigte Ersetzungen durchzuführen.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Preamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Befehle und Definitionen, die in die Präambel (vor
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
begin{docu\SpecialChar \-
|
|
ment}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
) eingefügt werden, wenn dieses Layout benutzt wird.
|
|
Kann verwendet werden um Pakete zu laden, Makros zu definieren usw..
|
|
Muss mit
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
EndPreamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
beendet werden.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
RefPrefix
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Der Präfix, der verwendet werden soll, wenn auf Marken dieses Paragraphs
|
|
verwiesen wird.
|
|
Dies erlaubt die Verwendung von Formatierten Querverweisen.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
RequiredArgs
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
int=0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Die Anzahl an benötigten Argumenten, die der LaTeX-Befehl oder die -Umgebung
|
|
benötigt.
|
|
Für Befehle sind die benötigte Argumente
|
|
\emph on
|
|
andere
|
|
\emph default
|
|
als die, die mit dem Inhalt des Absatzes zu tun haben.
|
|
Diese müssen nicht unbedingt angegeben werden: LyX wird leere Argumente
|
|
ausgeben, wenn nötig.
|
|
Beachten Sie, dass die optionalen Argumente vor den benötigten ausgegeben
|
|
werden.
|
|
Siehe die obige Diskussion in der Beschreibung von
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
OptionalArgs
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
für weitere Informationen.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Requires
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] legt fest, dass das Layout die Funktion
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
benötigt.
|
|
Siehe die Beschreibung von
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Provides
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
in Abschnitt
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sub:Allgemeine-Parameter-für"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
RightMargin
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string=""
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Ähnlich wie
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LeftMargin
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Spacing
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
single
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
onehalf
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
double
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
other
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
<Wert>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Dies definiert die Voreinstellung für den Zeilenabstand des Layouts.
|
|
Die Argumente
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
single
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
onehalf
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
und
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
double
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
entsprechen den Multiplikatoren 1, 1.25 und 1.667.
|
|
Wenn Sie als Argument
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
other
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
angeben, müssen Sie als
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Wert
|
|
\emph default
|
|
einen konkreten Multiplikator angeben.
|
|
Im Gegensatz zu anderen Parametern erzeugt LyX, wenn
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Spacing
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
gesetzt wird, spezifischen LaTeX-Code, der das LaTeX-Paket
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
setspace
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
verwendet.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Spellcheck
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Erlaubt es, den Inhalt des Paragraphs auf Rechtschreibung zu überprüfen.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
TextFont
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Der Zeichensatz, der für den Textkörper verwendet wird.
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Siehe Abschnitt
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sub:Beschreibung-des-Zeichensatzes"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
TocLevel
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
int=3
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
]
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
ist die Stufe des Stils im Inhaltsverzeichnis und wird zur automatischen
|
|
Nummerierung von Abschnittsüberschriften benutzt.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
TopSep
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\series medium
|
|
|
|
\series default
|
|
[
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
float=0
|
|
\family default
|
|
] Der vertikale Abstand, der die erste Serie von Absätzen vom vorangehenden
|
|
Text trennt.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
|
LatexCommand label
|
|
name "sub:I18n"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Internationalization of Paragraph Styles
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
If a
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Style
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
defines text that is to appear in the typeset document, it may use
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
LangPreamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
BabelPreamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
to support non-English and even multi-language documents correctly.
|
|
The following excerpt (from the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
theorems-ams.inc
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
file) shows how this works:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
Preamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_deeper
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
theoremstyle{remark}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
newtheorem{claim}[thm]{
|
|
\backslash
|
|
protect
|
|
\backslash
|
|
claimname}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
EndPreamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
LangPreamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
providecommand{
|
|
\backslash
|
|
claimname}{_(Claim)}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
EndLangPreamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
BabelPreamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
addto
|
|
\backslash
|
|
captions$$lang{
|
|
\backslash
|
|
renewcommand{
|
|
\backslash
|
|
claimname}{_(Claim)}}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
EndBabelPreamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_deeper
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
In principle, any legal LaTeX may appear in the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
LangPreamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
BabelPreamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
tags, but in practice they will typically look as they do here.
|
|
The key to correct translation of the typeset text is the definition of
|
|
the LaTeX command
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
claimname
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
and its use in
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
newtheorem
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
The
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
LangPreamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
tag provides for internationalization based upon the overall language of
|
|
the document.
|
|
The contents of the tag will be included in the preamble, just as with
|
|
the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Preamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
tag.
|
|
What makes it special is the use of the
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
function
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
_()
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
, which will be replaced, when LyX produces LaTeX output, with the translation
|
|
of its argument into the document language.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
The
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
BabelPreamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
tag is more complex, since it is meant to provide support for multi-language
|
|
documents and so offers an interface to the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
babel
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
package.
|
|
Its contents will be added to the preamble once for each language that
|
|
appears in the document.
|
|
In this case, the argument to
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
_()
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
will be replaced with its translation into the language in question; the
|
|
expression
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
$$lang
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
is replaced by the language name (as used by the babel package).
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
A German document that also included a French section would thus have the
|
|
following in the preamble:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
addto
|
|
\backslash
|
|
captionsfrench{
|
|
\backslash
|
|
renewcommand{
|
|
\backslash
|
|
claimname}{Affirmation}}
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
addto
|
|
\backslash
|
|
captionsngerman{
|
|
\backslash
|
|
renewcommand{
|
|
\backslash
|
|
claimname}{Behauptung}}
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
providecommand{
|
|
\backslash
|
|
claimname}{Behauptung}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
LaTeX and
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
babel
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
will then conspire to produce the correct text in the output.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
One important point to note here is that the translations are provided by
|
|
LyX itself, through the same mechanism it uses for internationalization
|
|
of the user interface.
|
|
This means, in effect, that
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
LangPreamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
BabelPreamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
are really only of use in layout files that are provided with LyX, since
|
|
text entered in user-created layout files will not be seen by LyX's internation
|
|
alization routines.
|
|
That said, however, any layout created with the intention that it will
|
|
be included with LyX should use these tags where appropriate.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
|
Gleitobjekte
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
|
LatexCommand label
|
|
name "sub:Gleitobjekte"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Es ist nötig Gleitobjekte (
|
|
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Abbildung
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Tabelle
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
|
) in der Textklasse selber zu definieren.
|
|
Standardgleitobjekte sind in der Datei
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
stdfloats.inc
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
enthalten, so dass Sie sie nur noch
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
Input stdfloats.inc
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
zu Ihrer Layoutdatei hinzufügen müssen.
|
|
Wenn Sie eine Textklasse implementieren wollen, die andere Gleitobjekttypen
|
|
enthält (wie zum Beispiel die AGU-Klasse), werden Ihnen die folgenden Informati
|
|
onen helfen:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Extension
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\series medium
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
\series default
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
=
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Die Dateinamenerweiterung einer zusätzlichen Datei für das Abbildungsver\SpecialChar \-
|
|
zeichn
|
|
is (oder andere).
|
|
LaTeX schreibt die Beschriftungen in diese Datei.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
GuiName
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
=
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Die Zeichenkette, die in den Menüs und für die Beschriftung benutzt wird.
|
|
Dies wird in die aktuelle Sprache übersetzt, wenn babel verwendet wird.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
HTML*
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Diese Tags kontrollieren die XHTML-Ausgabe.
|
|
Siehe Abschnitt
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sec:Tags-for-XHTML"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
IsPredefined
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\emph on
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Gibt an, ob das Gleitobjekt bereits in der Dokumentklasse definiert ist
|
|
oder ob das LaTeX-Paket
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
float
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
geladen werden muss, um es zu definieren.
|
|
Die Voreinstellung ist
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
, was bedeutet, dass
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
float
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
verwendet wird.
|
|
Es sollte auf
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
gesetzt werden, wenn das Gleitobjekt bereits in der Dokumentklasse definiert
|
|
ist.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
ListCommand
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
=
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Der Befehl der verwendet wird, um eine Liste der Gleitobjekte dieses Typs
|
|
zu generieren; das `
|
|
\backslash
|
|
' muss weggelassen werden.
|
|
Der Befehl
|
|
\emph on
|
|
muss
|
|
\emph default
|
|
angegeben werden, wenn
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
UsesFloatPkg
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
auf
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
gesetzt ist, da es sonst keine Möglichkeit gibt, diesen Befehl zu erstellen.
|
|
Er wird ignoriert, falls
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
UsesFloatPkg
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
auf
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
gesetzt ist, da es dann eine Möglichkeit gibt.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
ListName
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
=
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Die Überschrift für das Gleitobjekt-Verzeichnis (z.
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
B.
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Abbildungsverzeichnis
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
).
|
|
Sie wird für die Bildschirmmarke in LyX verwendet, von LaTeX für den Titel
|
|
verwendet und als Titel in der XHTML-Ausgabe.
|
|
Sie wird in die Dokumentsprache übersetzt.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
NumberWithin
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
=
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Dieses optionale Argument bestimmt, ob Gleitobjekte dieser Klasse mit
|
|
der Abschnittsnummer dieses Dokuments nummeriert werden.
|
|
Wenn zum Beispiel
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
NumberWithin
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
auf
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
chapter
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
gesetzt ist, werden die Gleitobjekte mit den Kapitelnummern nummeriert.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Placement
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
=
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Die Standardplatzierung für die Gleitobjektklasse.
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
sollte die Standard-LaTeX-Werte
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
t
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
b
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
p
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
und
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
h
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
für oben, unten, Seite und hier enthalten.
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Wie in LaTeX ist die Reihenfolge der Buchstaben unerheblich.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Zusätzlich gibt es den neuen Typ
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
H
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
, der nicht wirklich für ein Gleitobjekt steht, denn er bedeutet: drucke
|
|
es
|
|
\emph on
|
|
hier
|
|
\emph default
|
|
und nirgendwo sonst.
|
|
Beachten Sie, dass
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
H
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
besonders ist und wegen der Implementierungsdetails nicht bei nicht-eingebauten
|
|
Gleitobjekttypen benutzt werden kann.
|
|
Wenn Sie die Platzierung nicht verstehen, benutzen Sie einfach
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
tbp
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
RefPrefix
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Der Präfix, der verwendet werden soll, wenn auf Marken dieser Gleitobjekte
|
|
verwiesen wird.
|
|
Dies erlaubt die Verwendung von Formatierten Querverweisen.
|
|
Man kann den
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
RefPrefix
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
eines kopierten Stils entfernen, indem
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
auf
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
OFF
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
gesetzt wird.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Style
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
=
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] ist der Gleitobjektstil, wenn er mit
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
newfloat
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
definiert wird.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Type
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
=
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] ist der
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Typ
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
der neuen Gleitobjektklasse, wie z.
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
B.
|
|
Programm oder Algorithmus.
|
|
Nach dem entsprechenden
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
newfloat
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
stehen Befehle wie
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
begin{program}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
oder
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
end{algorithm*}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
zur Verfügung.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
UsesFloatPkg
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Gibt an, ob dieses Gleitobjekt mit Hilfe des LaTeX-Pakets
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
float
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
definiert wurde, entweder durch die Dokumentklassen, ein anderes Paket
|
|
oder durch LyX.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
Anmerkung: Wenn ein Gleitobjekt vom Typ
|
|
\emph on
|
|
type
|
|
\emph default
|
|
definiert wurde, gibt es automatisch einen dazugehörigen Zähler namens
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
type
|
|
\emph default
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
|
Flexible Einfügungen und InsetLayout
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
|
LatexCommand label
|
|
name "sub:Flexible-Einfügungen-und"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Es gibt drei Arten von flexiblen Einfügungen:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
|
Zeichenstil (
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
CharStyle
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
): diese definieren semantische Textauszeichnungen, die mit LaTeX-Befehlen
|
|
wie
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
noun
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
oder
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
code
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
korrespondieren.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
|
benutzerdefiniert (
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Custom
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
): diese können benutzt werden, um benutzer\SpecialChar \-
|
|
de\SpecialChar \-
|
|
fi\SpecialChar \-
|
|
nier\SpecialChar \-
|
|
te einklappbare Einfügungen
|
|
zu definieren, ähnlich wie TeX-Code, Fuß\SpecialChar \-
|
|
no\SpecialChar \-
|
|
te usw.
|
|
Ein naheliegendes Beispiel ist die Endnotiz, die im
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
endnote
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
-Modul definiert ist.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
|
XML-Element (
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Element
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
): diese werden mit DocBook-Klassen benutzt.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Flexible Einfügungen werden mit der
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
InsetLayout
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
-Marke definiert, die weiter unten erklärt wird.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Die
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
InsetLayout
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
-Marke besitzt noch eine andere Funktion: sie kann benutzt werden, um das
|
|
allgemeine Aussehen vieler verschiedener Einfügungstypen anzupassen.
|
|
Zurzeit kann
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
InsetLayout
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
benutzt werden, um die Layout-Parameter für Fußnoten, Randnoten, eingefügten
|
|
Noten, TeX-Code (ERT), Zweige, Stichwortverzeichnisse, Boxen, Tabellen,
|
|
Algorithmen, URLs und optionaler Argumente anzupassen, ebenso um flexible
|
|
Einfügungen zu definieren.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Die
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
InsetLayout
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
-Definition muss mit folgender Zeile beginnen:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
InsetLayout <Typ>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Hier bezeichnet
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
<Typ>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
die Einfügung, deren Layout definiert wird.
|
|
Es gibt zwei Möglichkeiten.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
|
Das Layout für eine existierende Einfügung wird geändert.
|
|
In diesem Fall kann
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
<Typ>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
folgendes sein:
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Algorithm
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Branch
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Box
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Box:shaded
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
ERT
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Figure
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Foot
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Index
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Info
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Info:menu
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Info:shortcut
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Info:shortcuts
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Listings
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Marginal
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Note:Comment
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Note:Note
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Note:Greyedout
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
OptArg
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Table
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
, oder
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
URL
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
|
Das Layout für eine flexible Einfügung wird definiert.
|
|
In diesem Fall muss
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
<Typ>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
in der Form
|
|
\lang english
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Flex:<Name>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\lang ngerman
|
|
sein, wobei
|
|
\lang english
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Name
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\lang ngerman
|
|
ein beliebiger gültiger Bezeichner sein kann, der in keiner anderen existierend
|
|
en Einfügung benutzt wird.
|
|
Der Bezeichner darf Leerzeichen enthalten, dann muss aber der komplette
|
|
Typ in Anführungszeichen gesetzt werden.
|
|
Beachten Sie, dass die Definition einer flexiblen Einfügung
|
|
\emph on
|
|
auch
|
|
\emph default
|
|
einen
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LyXType
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
-Eintrag enthalten muss, der festlegt welcher Einfügungstyp definiert wird.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Die
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
InsetLayout
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
-Definition kann folgende Einträge enthalten:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
BgColor
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
<Name>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] ist die Hintergrundfarbe der Einfügung.
|
|
Siehe Kapitel
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "chap:Namen-von-Farben"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
für eine Liste von verfügbaren Farbnamen.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
ContentAsLabel
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Ob der Inhalt der Einfügung als Marke verwendet werden soll, wenn die
|
|
Einfügung geschlossen ist.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
CopyStyle
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
<Typ>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Wie bei Absatz-Layouts, siehe Abschnitt
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sub:Einzelne-Absatz-Layouts"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
Beachten Sie, dass der komplette Typ angegeben werden muss, z.
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
B.
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
CopyStyle Flex:<Name>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
CustomPars
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] zeigt an, ob der Benutzer den Absatzeinstellungen-Dialog (
|
|
\begin_inset Graphics
|
|
filename ../../images/layout-paragraph.png
|
|
scale 70
|
|
scaleBeforeRotation
|
|
BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
|
|
groupId Icon
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
) benutzen darf.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Decoration
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
kann
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Classic
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Minimalistic
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
, oder
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Conglomerate
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
sein.
|
|
Es beschreibt den Rendering-Stil für den Einfügungsrahmen und die -knöpfe.
|
|
Fußnoten benutzen im allgemeinen
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Classic
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
, TeX-Code
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Minimalistic
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
und Zeichenstile
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Conglomerate
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Display
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Nur sinnvoll wenn der
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LatexType
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Environment
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
ist.
|
|
Gibt an, ob die Umgebung in der Ausgabe abgesetzt erscheint oder in einer
|
|
Zeile mit dem umgebenden Text.
|
|
Wenn auf
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
gesetzt, wird angenommen, dass die LaTeX-Umgebung Leerraum nach den
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
begin{
|
|
\emph on
|
|
LatexName
|
|
\emph default
|
|
}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
und
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
end{
|
|
\emph on
|
|
LatexName
|
|
\emph default
|
|
}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Befehlen ignoriert (inklusive des Zeilenumbruchzeichens).
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
End
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
beendet die
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
InsetLayout
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
-Definition.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Font
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
wird für den Text
|
|
\emph on
|
|
und
|
|
\emph default
|
|
die Marke benutzt (siehe
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sub:Beschreibung-des-Zeichensatzes"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
).
|
|
Beachten Sie, dass die Definition dieses Fonts automatisch dem
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LabelFont
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
denselben Wert zuweist, das heißt
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Font
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
muss zuerst definiert werden und
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LabelFont
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
danach, wenn sie unterschiedlich sein sollen.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
ForceLTR
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
erzwingt die
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
LaTeX-Sprache
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
und führt zu einer links-nach-rechts-Ausgabe, zum Beispiel bei TeX-Code
|
|
oder URL.
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
ForceLTR
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
ist eine Behelfslösung.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
ForcePlain
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] zeigt an, ob stattdessen
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
PlainLayout
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
benutzt werden soll oder ob der Benutzer den Absatzstil der Einfügung ändern
|
|
darf.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
FreeSpacing
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Wie bei Absatz-Layouts, siehe Abschnitt
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sub:Einzelne-Absatz-Layouts"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
HTML*
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Diese Tags kontrollieren die XHTML-Ausgabe.
|
|
Siehe Abschnitt
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sec:Tags-for-XHTML"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
InToc
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Ob der Inhalt der Einfügung für die Zeichenketten des 'Gliederungs'-Fensters
|
|
verwendet werden soll.
|
|
Zum Beispiel will man nicht, dass der Inhalt einer Fußzeile im Namen des
|
|
Abschnitts im Inhaltsverzeichnis des Gliederungs-Fensters erscheint.
|
|
Aber man will normalerweise, dass der Inhalt von Zeichenstilen erscheint.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
KeepEmpty
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\emph on
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Wie bei Absatz-Layouts, siehe Abschnitt
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sub:Einzelne-Absatz-Layouts"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LabelFont
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
ist die für die Marke benutze Schrift (siehe
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sub:Beschreibung-des-Zeichensatzes"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
).
|
|
Beachten Sie, dass diese Definition niemals vor
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Font
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
erscheinen darf, weil sie sonst unwirksam ist.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LabelString
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
=
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] wird auf dem Knopf und anderswo als Einfügungsmarke angezeigt.
|
|
Einige Einfügungstypen (TeX-Code und Zweig) ändern diese Marke im Vo\SpecialChar \-
|
|
rü\SpecialChar \-
|
|
ber\SpecialChar \-
|
|
gehen.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LatexName
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
<Name>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] ist der Name der LaTeX-Umgebung oder des LaTeX-Befehls.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LatexParam
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
<Parameter>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] ist ein optionaler Parameter für den zugehörigen
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LatexName
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
, einschließ\SpecialChar \-
|
|
lich möglicher Klammerpaare wie
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
[]
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
Dieser Parameter kann in LyX nicht geändert werden.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LatexType
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Wie bei Absatz-Layouts, siehe Abschnitt
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sub:Einzelne-Absatz-Layouts"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LyxType
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
kann
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
charstyle
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
custom
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
element
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
oder
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
end
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
(zeigt das Ende einer Definition an) sein.
|
|
Dieser Eintrag wird für flexible Einfügungen benötigt und ist nur dort
|
|
sinnvoll.
|
|
Neben anderen Dingen legt er fest, in welchem Menü diese Einfügung erscheinen
|
|
wird.
|
|
Wird
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LyXType
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
auf
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
charstyle
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
gesetzt, wird
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
MultiPar
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
automatisch auf
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
gesetzt.
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
MultiPar
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
kann auf
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
für
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
charstyle
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
-Einfügungen gesetzt werden, indem es
|
|
\emph on
|
|
nach
|
|
\emph default
|
|
dem
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LyXType
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
spezifiziert wird.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
MultiPar
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] zeigt an, ob in dieser Einfügung mehrfache Absätze erlaubt sind.
|
|
Dadurch wird
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
CustomPars
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
auf denselben Wert gesetzt und
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
ForcePlain
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
auf den anderen.
|
|
Diese können auf andere Werte gesetzt werden, wenn sie
|
|
\emph on
|
|
nach
|
|
\emph default
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
MultiPar
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
benutzt werden.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
NeedProtect
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] zeigt an, ob
|
|
\emph on
|
|
zerbrechliche
|
|
\emph default
|
|
Befehle in diesem Layout ge\SpecialChar \-
|
|
schützt (
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
protect
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
) werden sollen.
|
|
Es zeigt
|
|
\emph on
|
|
nicht
|
|
\emph default
|
|
an, ob der Befehl selber geschützt werden soll.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
ParbreakIsNewline
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Wie bei Absatz-Layouts, siehe Abschnitt
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sub:Einzelne-Absatz-Layouts"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
PassThru
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Wie bei Absatz-Layouts, siehe Abschnitt
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sub:Einzelne-Absatz-Layouts"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Preamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Wie bei Absatz-Layouts, siehe Abschnitt
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sub:Einzelne-Absatz-Layouts"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
RefPrefix
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Der Präfix, der verwendet werden soll, wenn auf Marken dieser Einfügung
|
|
verwiesen wird.
|
|
Dies erlaubt die Verwendung von Formatierten Querverweisen.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Requires
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Wie bei Absatz-Layouts, siehe Abschnitt
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sub:Einzelne-Absatz-Layouts"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
ResetsFont
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Ob die Einfügung die Schrift der benachbarten Umgebungen verwenden soll
|
|
oder seine eigene.
|
|
Voreinstellung ist
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
: verwendet seine Eigene.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Spellcheck
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Erlaubt es, den Inhalt der Einfügung auf Rechtschreibung zu überprüfen.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
|
Zähler
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
|
LatexCommand label
|
|
name "sub:Zähler"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Es ist notwendig Zähler (
|
|
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
chapter
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
figure
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
|
) in der Textklasse selber zu definieren.
|
|
Die Standardzähler sind in der Datei
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
stdcounters.inc
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
definiert, so dass Sie nur die Zeile
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
Input stdcounters.inc
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
zu zu Ihrer Layout-Datei hinzufügen müssen, damit sie arbeiten.
|
|
Aber wenn Sie eigene Zähler definieren wollen, können Sie das tun.
|
|
Zähler-Deklarationen beginnen mit
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
Counter <Name>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
wobei
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
<Name>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
der Name Ihres Zählers ist.
|
|
Die Deklaration endet mit
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
End
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Folgende Parameter können auch benutzt werden:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LabelString
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
=
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] definiert, wie der Zähler dargestellt wird.
|
|
Hierdurch wird
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LabelStringAppendix
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
auf denselben Wert gesetzt.
|
|
In der Zeichenkette können folgende Konstrukte benutzt werden:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
thecounter
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
wird durch die Erweiterung von
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LabelString
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
(oder
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LabelStringAppendix
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
) des Zählers
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
counter
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
ersetzt.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
|
Zählerwerte können durch LaTeX-ähnliche Makros wie
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
numbertype
|
|
\emph default
|
|
{
|
|
\emph on
|
|
counter
|
|
\emph default
|
|
}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
ausgedrückt werden, wobei
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
numbertype
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Folgendes sein kann:
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
arabic
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
: 1, 2, 3,\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
|
;
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
alph
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
für Kleinbuchstaben: a, b, c,\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
|
;
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Alph
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
für Großbuchstaben: A, B, C,\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
|
;
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
roman
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
für kleine römische Zahlen: i, ii, iii,\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
|
;
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Roman
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
für große römische Zahlen: I, II, III.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Wenn
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LabelString
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
nicht definiert ist, wird ein Standardwert wie folgt benutzt: wenn der
|
|
Zähler einen Hauptzähler
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
master
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
(über
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Within
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
definiert) hat, wird der String
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
themaster.
|
|
\backslash
|
|
arabic{counter}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
benutzt, ansonsten
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
arabic{counter}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LabelStringAppendix
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
=
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] ist dasselbe wie
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LabelString
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
, aber für den Anhang.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
PrettyFormat
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
=
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Ein Format, das für Formatierte Querverweise auf einen Zähler verwendet
|
|
wird.
|
|
Möchte man z.
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
B.
|
|
Referenzen auf Abschnitte in der Form
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Abschnitt
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
2.4
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
haben, sollte der String
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
##
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
enthalten.
|
|
Diese Zeichen werden später durch die referenzierte Abschnittsnummer ersetzt.
|
|
Also für Abschnitte lautet der String dann
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Abschnitt ##
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Within
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
=
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Wenn dies auf den Namen eines anderen Zählers gesetzt wird, wird der gegenwärt
|
|
ige Zähler jedes mal zurückgesetzt, wenn der andere erhöht wird.
|
|
Zum Beispiel wird
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
subsection
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
innerhalb
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
section
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
nummeriert.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
|
Beschreibung des Zeichensatzes
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
|
LatexCommand label
|
|
name "sub:Beschreibung-des-Zeichensatzes"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Eine Zeichensatzbeschreibung sieht folgendermaßen aus:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
Font
|
|
\family roman
|
|
\emph on
|
|
oder
|
|
\family default
|
|
\emph default
|
|
LabelFont
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
...
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
EndFont
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
und es sind folgende Befehle vorhanden:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Color
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
none
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
black
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
white
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
red
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
green
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
blue
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
cyan
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
magenta
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
yellow
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
]
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Family
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Roman
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Sans
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Typewriter
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
]
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Misc
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Zulässige Argumente sind:
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
emph
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
noun
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
strikeout
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
underbar
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
uuline
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
uwave
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
no_emph
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
no_noun
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
no_strikeout
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
no_bar
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
no_uuline
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
und
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
no_uwave
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
Jedes schaltet die entsprechende Eigenschaft an oder aus.
|
|
Zum Beispiel führt
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
emph
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
zum Stil
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Hervorhebung
|
|
\emph default
|
|
und
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
no_emph
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
schaltet diesen aus.
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Falls Sie Letzteres verwirrt, erinnern Sie sich, dass die Schrifteinstellungen
|
|
standardmäßig von den umgebenden Stilen übernommen wird.
|
|
Daher schaltet
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
no_emph
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
die
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Hervorhebung
|
|
\emph default
|
|
aus, die z.
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
B.
|
|
in einer Theorem-Umgebung aktiv ist.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Series
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Medium
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Bold
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
]
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Shape
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Up
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Italic
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
SmallCaps
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Slanted
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
]
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Size
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
tiny
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
small
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
normal
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
large
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
larger
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
largest
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
huge
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
giant
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
]
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
|
LatexCommand label
|
|
name "sub:Citation-format-description"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Citation format description
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
The
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
CiteFormat
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
blocks are used to describe how bibliographic information should be displayed,
|
|
both within LyX itself (in the citation dialog and in tooltips, for example)
|
|
and in XHTML output.
|
|
Such a block might look like this:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
CiteFormat
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
article ...
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
book ...
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
End
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
The individual lines define how the bibliographic information associated
|
|
with an article or book, respectively, is to be displayed, and such a definitio
|
|
n can be given for any `entry type' that might be present in a BibTeX file.
|
|
LyX defines a default format in the source code that will be used if no
|
|
specific definition has been given.
|
|
LyX predefines several formats in the file
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
stdciteformats.inc
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
, which is included in most of LyX's document classes.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
The definitions use a simple language that allows BibTeX keys to be replaced
|
|
with their values.
|
|
Keys should be enclosed in
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
%
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
signs, e.g.:
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
%author%
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
So a simple definition might look like this:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
misc %author%,
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
%title
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
This would print the author, followed by a comma, followed by the title,
|
|
in quotes, followed by a period.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Of course, sometimes you may want to print a key only if it exists.
|
|
This can be done by using a conditional construction, such as:
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
{%volume%[[vol.
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
%volume%]]}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
This says: If the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
volume
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
key exists, then print
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
vol.
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
followed by the volume key.
|
|
It is also possible to have an else clause in the conditional, such as:
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
{%author%[[%author%]][[%editor%, ed.]]}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Here, the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
author
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
key is printed if it exists; otherwise, the editor key is printed, followed
|
|
by
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
ed.
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Note that the key is again enclosed in
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
%
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
signs; the entire conditional is enclosed in braces; and the if and else
|
|
clauses are enclosed in double brackets,
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
[[
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
]]
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
There must be no space between any of these.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
There is one other piece of syntax available in definitions, which looks
|
|
like this:
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
{!<i>!}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
This defines a piece of formatting information that is to be used when
|
|
creating
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
rich text
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
Obviously, we do not want to output HTML tags when writing plain text,
|
|
so they should be wrapped in
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
{!
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
!}
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Two special sorts of definitions are also possible in a
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
CiteFormat
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
block.
|
|
An example of the first would be:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
!quotetitle
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
%title%
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
This is an abbreviation, or macro, and it can be used by treating it as
|
|
if it were a key:
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
%!quotetitle%
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
LyX will treat
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
%!quotetitle%
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
exactly as it would treat its definition.
|
|
So, let us issue the obvious
|
|
\emph on
|
|
warning
|
|
\emph default
|
|
.
|
|
Do not do this:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
!funfun %funfun%
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
or anything like it.
|
|
LyX shouldn't go into an infinite loop, but it may go into a long one before
|
|
it gives up.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
The second sort of special definition might look like this:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
_pptext pp.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
This defines a translatable piece of text, which allows relevant parts of
|
|
the bibliography to be translated.
|
|
It can be included in a definition by treating it as a key:
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
%_pptext%
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
Several of these are predefined in
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
stdciteformats.inc
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
Note that these are not macros, in the sense just defined.
|
|
They will not be expanded.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
So here then is an example that use all these features:
|
|
\begin_inset VSpace defskip
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
\noindent
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\lang english
|
|
!authoredit {%author%[[%author%, ]][[{%editor%[[%editor%, %_edtext%, ]]}]]}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset VSpace defskip
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
This defines a macro that prints the author, followed by a comma, if the
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
author
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
key is defined, or else prints the name of the editor, followed by the
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
_edtext
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
or its translation (it is by default
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
ed.
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
), if the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
editor
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
key is defined.
|
|
Note that this is in fact defined in
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
stdciteformats.inc
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
, so you can use it in your own definitions, or re-definitions, if you load
|
|
that file first.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Section
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
|
LatexCommand label
|
|
name "sec:Tags-for-XHTML"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Tags for XHTML output
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
As with LaTeX or DocBook, the format of LyX's XHTML output is also controlled
|
|
by layout information.
|
|
In general, LyX provides sensible defaults and, as mentioned earlier, it
|
|
will even construct default CSS style rules from the other layout tags.
|
|
For example, LyX will attempt to use the information provided in the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Font
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
declaration for the Chapter style to write CSS that will appropriately
|
|
format chapter headings.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
In many cases, then, you may not have to do anything at all to get acceptable
|
|
XHTML output for your own environments, custom insets, and so forth.
|
|
But in some cases you will, and so LyX provides a number of layout tags
|
|
that can be used to customize the XHTML and CSS that are generated.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Note that there are two tags,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
HTMLPreamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
AddToHTMLPreamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
that may appear outside style and inset declarations.
|
|
See
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sub:Allgemeine-Parameter-für"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
for details on these.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Paragraph styles
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
The sort of XHTML LyX outputs for a paragraph depends upon whether we are
|
|
dealing with a normal paragraph, a command, or an environment, where this
|
|
is itself determined by the contents of the corresponding
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
LaTeXType
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
tag.
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
For a command or normal paragraph, the output XHTML has the following form:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
<tag attr=
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
value
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
<labeltag attr=
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
value
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
>Label</labeltag>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Contents of the paragraph.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
</tag>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
The label tags are of course omitted if the paragraph does not have a label.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
For an environment that is not some sort of list, the XHTML takes this form:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
<tag attr=
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
value
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
<itemtag attr=
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
value
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
><labeltag attr=
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
value
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
>Environment Label</labeltag>First paragraph.</itemtag>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
<itemtag>Second paragraph.</itemtag>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
</tag>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Note that the label is output only for the first paragraph, as it should
|
|
be for a theorem, for example.
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
For a list, we have one of these forms:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
<tag attr=
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
value
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
<itemtag attr=
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
value
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
><labeltag attr=
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
value
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
>List Label</labeltag>First item.</itemtag>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
<itemtag attr=
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
value
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
><labeltag attr=
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
value
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
>List Label</labeltag>Second item.</itemtag>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
</tag>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
<tag attr=
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
value
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
<labeltag attr=
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
value
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
>List Label</labeltag><itemtag attr=
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
value
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
>First item.</itemtag>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
<labeltag attr=
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
value
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
>List Label</labeltag><itemtag attr=
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
value
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
>Second item.</itemtag>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
</tag>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Note the different orders of
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
labeltag
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
itemtag
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
Which order we get depends upon the setting of
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
HTMLLabelFirst
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
: If
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
HTMLLabelFirst
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
is false (the default), you get the first of these, with the label within
|
|
the item; if true, you get the second, with the label outside the item.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
The specific tags and attributes output for each paragraph type can be controlle
|
|
d by means of the layout tags we are about to describe.
|
|
As mentioned earlier, however, LyX uses sensible defaults for many of these,
|
|
so you often may not need to do very much to get good XHTML output.
|
|
Think of the available tags as there so you can tweak things to your liking.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
HTMLAttr
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Specifies attribute information to be output with the main tag.
|
|
For example,
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
class=`mydiv'
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
By default, LyX will output
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
class=`layoutname'
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
, where
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
layoutname
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
is the LyX name of the layout, made lowercase, for example: chapter.
|
|
This should
|
|
\emph on
|
|
not
|
|
\emph default
|
|
contain any style information.
|
|
Use
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
HTMLStyle
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
for that purpose.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
HTMLForceCSS
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
\lang english
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Whether to output the default CSS information LyX generates for this layout,
|
|
even if additional information is explicitly provided via
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
HTMLStyle
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
Setting this to
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
allows you to alter or augment the generated CSS, rather than to override
|
|
it completely.
|
|
Default is
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
HTMLItem
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] The tag to be used for individual paragraphs of environments, replacing
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
itemtag
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
in the examples above.
|
|
Defaults to
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
div
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
HTMLItemAttr
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Attributes for the item tag.
|
|
Defaults to
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
class=`layoutname_item'
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
This should
|
|
\emph on
|
|
not
|
|
\emph default
|
|
contain any style information.
|
|
Use
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
HTMLStyle
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
for that purpose.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
HTMLLabel
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] The tag to be used for paragraph and item labels, replacing
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
labeltag
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
in the examples above.
|
|
Defaults to
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
span
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
, unless
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
LabelType
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
is either
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Top_Environment
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
or
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Centered_Top_Environment
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
, in which case it defaults to
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
div
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
HTMLLabelAttr
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Attributes for the label tag.
|
|
Defaults to
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
class=`layoutname_label'
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
This should
|
|
\emph on
|
|
not
|
|
\emph default
|
|
contain any style information.
|
|
Use
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
HTMLStyle
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
for that purpose.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
HTMLLabelFirst
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
\lang english
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Meaningful only for list-like environments, this tag controls whether
|
|
the label tag is output before or inside the item tag.
|
|
This is used, for example, in the description environment, where we want
|
|
`
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
<dt>\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
|
</dt><dd>\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
|
</dd>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
Default is
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
: The label tag is output inside the item tag.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
HTMLPreamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Information to be output in the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
<head>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
section when this style is used.
|
|
This might, for example, be used to include a
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
<script>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
block defining an
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
onclick
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
handler.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
HTMLStyle
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
CSS style information to be included when this style is used.
|
|
Note that this will automatically be wrapped in a layout-generated
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
<style>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
block, so only the CSS itself need be included.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
HTMLTag
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] The tag to be used for the main label, replacing
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
tag
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
in the examples above.
|
|
Defaults to
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
div
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
HTMLTitle
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
\lang english
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Marks this style as the one to be used to generate the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
<title>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
tag for the XHTML file.
|
|
By default, it is false.
|
|
The
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
stdtitle.inc
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
file sets it to true for the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
title
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
environment.
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
InsetLayout XHTML
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
The XHTML output of insets can also be controlled by information in layout
|
|
files.
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
At present, this is true only for
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
text
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
insets (insets you can type into) and is not true for
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
command
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
insets (insets that are associated with dialog boxes).
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Here, too, LyX tries to provide sensible defaults, and it constructs default
|
|
CSS style rules.
|
|
But everything can be customized.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
The XHTML LyX outputs for an inset has the following form:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
<tag attr=
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
value
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
<labeltag>Label</labeltag>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
<innertag attr=
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
value
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
>Contents of the inset.</innertag>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
</tag>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
If the inset permits multiple paragraphs---that is, if
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
MultiPar
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
is true---then the contents of the inset will itself be output as paragraphs
|
|
formatted according to the styles used for those paragraphs (standard,
|
|
quote, and the like).
|
|
The label tag is of course omitted if the paragraph does not have a label
|
|
and, at present, is always
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
span
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
The inner tag is optional and, by default, does not appear.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
The specific tags and attributes output for each inset can be controlled
|
|
by means of the following layout tags.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
HTMLAttr
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Specifies attribute information to be output with the main tag.
|
|
For example,
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
class=`myinset' onclick=`\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
|
'
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
By default, LyX will output
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
class=`insetname'
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
, where
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
insetname
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
is the LyX name of the inset, made lowercase and with non-alphanumeric
|
|
characters converted to underscores, for example: footnote.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
HTMLForceCSS
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
\lang english
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Whether to output the default CSS information LyX generates for this layout,
|
|
even if additional information is explicitly provided via
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
HTMLStyle
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
Setting this to
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
allows you to alter or augment the generated CSS, rather than to override
|
|
it completely.
|
|
Default is 0.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
HTMLInnerAttr
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Attributes for the inner tag.
|
|
Defaults to
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
class=`insetname_inner'
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
HTMLInnerTag
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] The inner tag, replacing
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
innertag
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
in the examples above.
|
|
By default, there is none.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
HTMLIsBlock
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
\lang english
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Whether this inset represents a standalone block of text (such as a footnote)
|
|
or instead represents material that is included in the surrounding text
|
|
(such as a branch).
|
|
Defaults to 1.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
HTMLLabel
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] A label for this inset, possibly including a reference to a counter.
|
|
For example, for footnote, it might be:
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
arabic{footnote}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
This is optional, and there is no default.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
HTMLPreamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Information to be output in the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
<head>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
section when this style is used.
|
|
This might, for example, be used to include a
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
<script>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
block defining an
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
onclick
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
handler.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
HTMLStyle
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
CSS style information to be included when this style is used.
|
|
Note that this will automatically be wrapped in a layout-generated
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
<style>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
block, so only the CSS itself need be included.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
HTMLTag
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] The tag to be used for the main label, replacing
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
tag
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
in the examples above.
|
|
The default depends upon the setting of
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
MultiPar
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
: If
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
MultiPar
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
is true, the default is
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
div
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
; if it is false, the default is
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
span
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Float XHTML
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
The XHTML output for floats too can be controlled by layout information.
|
|
The output has the following form:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
<tag attr=
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
value
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Contents of the float.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
</tag>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
The caption, if there is one, is a separate inset and will be output as
|
|
such.
|
|
Its appearance can be controlled via the InsetLayout for caption insets.
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
HTMLAttr
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Specifies attribute information to be output with the main tag.
|
|
For example,
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
class=`myfloat' onclick=`\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
|
'
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
By default, LyX will output
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
class=`float float-floattype'
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
, where
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
floattype
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
is LyX's name for this type of float, as determined by the float declaration
|
|
(see
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sub:Gleitobjekte"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
), though made lowercase and with non-alphanumeric characters converted
|
|
to underscores, for example: float-table.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
HTMLStyle
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
CSS style information to be included when this float is used.
|
|
Note that this will automatically be wrapped in a layout-generated
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
<style>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
block, so only the CSS itself need be included.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
HTMLTag
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] The tag to be used for this float, replacing
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
tag
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
in the example above.
|
|
The default is
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
div
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
and will rarely need changing.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Bibliography formatting
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
The bibliography can be formatted using
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
CiteFormat
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
blocks.
|
|
See Section
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sub:Citation-format-description"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
for the details.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
LyX-generated CSS
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
We have several times mentioned that LyX will generate default CSS style
|
|
rules for both insets and paragraph styles, based upon the other layout
|
|
information that is provided.
|
|
In this section, we shall say a word about which layout information LyX
|
|
uses and how.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
At present, LyX auto-generates CSS only for font information, making use
|
|
of the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Family
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Series
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Shape
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
, and
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Size
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
specified in the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Font
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
declaration.
|
|
(See
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sub:Beschreibung-des-Zeichensatzes"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.) The translation is mostly straightforward and obvious.
|
|
For example,
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Family Sans
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
becomes
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
font-family: sans-serif;
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
The correspondence of LyX sizes and CSS sizes is a little less obvious
|
|
but nonetheless intuitive.
|
|
See the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
getSizeCSS()
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
function in
|
|
\begin_inset Flex URL
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
src/FontInfo.cpp
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
for the details.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Chapter
|
|
Externes Material einfügen
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
|
LatexCommand label
|
|
name "cha:Externes-Material-einfügen"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Box Shadowbox
|
|
position "t"
|
|
hor_pos "c"
|
|
has_inner_box 1
|
|
inner_pos "t"
|
|
use_parbox 0
|
|
use_makebox 0
|
|
width "100col%"
|
|
special "none"
|
|
height "1in"
|
|
height_special "totalheight"
|
|
status open
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
WARNUNG: This portion of the documentation has not been updated for some
|
|
time.
|
|
We certainly hope that it is still accurate, but there are no guarantees.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
The use of material from sources external to LyX is covered in detail in
|
|
the
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Embedded Objects
|
|
\emph default
|
|
manual.
|
|
This part of the manual covers what needs to happen behind the scenes for
|
|
new sorts of material to be included.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Section
|
|
Wie funktioniert das?
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Die Einfügung
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Externes
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Material
|
|
\family default
|
|
basiert auf dem Konzept der Vorlage.
|
|
Eine solche Vorlage ist eine Spezifikation, wie LyX mit einer bestimmten
|
|
Sorte von Material umgehen soll.
|
|
Derzeit gehören zu LyX derartige Vorlagen für XFig-Abbildungen, Dia-Diagramme,
|
|
diverse Abbildungen im Rasterformat, Gnuplot und noch ein paar mehr.
|
|
Die vollständige Liste sehen Sie in
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Externes
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Material
|
|
\family default
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Darüberhinaus ist es möglich, durch eigene Vorlagen beliebige andere Formate
|
|
einzubinden.
|
|
Wir werden weiter unten beschreiben, was genau Sie dazu machen müssen und
|
|
hoffen, dass Sie derartig erstellte Vorlagen an das LyX-Team schicken,
|
|
damit sie in kommenden LyX-Versionen integriert werden können.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Ein weiteres Merkmal der Idee der externen Einfügung ist die Unterscheidung
|
|
zwischen der ursprünglichen Datei, die als Grundlage für das eingefügte
|
|
Material dient, und der erzeugten Datei, die dann letztendlich in Ihr Dokument
|
|
eingebunden wird.
|
|
Wir wollen dies am Beispiel einer XFig-Abbildung erläutern.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Das Programm XFig bearbeitet eine speziell formatierte Datei mit der Endung
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
.fig
|
|
\family default
|
|
.
|
|
In XFig können Sie Ihre Abbildung editieren und ändern, und zum Schluss
|
|
speichern Sie diese
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
.fig
|
|
\family default
|
|
-Datei.
|
|
Wenn Sie nun eine derartige Abbildung in LyX einbinden wollen, müssen Sie
|
|
zunächst
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
transfig
|
|
\family default
|
|
starten, um eine PostScript-Datei zu erzeugen, die von LaTeX eingebunden
|
|
werden kann.
|
|
In diesem Fall ist also die
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
.fig
|
|
\family default
|
|
-Datei die oben erwähnte Originaldatei, und die
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
.ps-
|
|
\family default
|
|
Datei die tatsächlich eingebundene Datei.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Diese Unterscheidung ist wichtig, denn Sie erlaubt das einfache Ändern und
|
|
Aktualisieren des Materials, während Sie an Ihrem Text schreiben.
|
|
Außerdem ist erst so die Flexibilität gegeben, die benötigt wird, um unterschie
|
|
dliche Exportformate für die LyX-Datei zu ermöglichen.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
So ist es im Falle einer Ausgabe als reiner (ASCII) Text sicher nicht sinnvoll,
|
|
eine PostScript-Datei im Rohformat einzubinden.
|
|
In diesem Fall wird dann entweder nur eine Referenz auf die Bilddatei angegeben
|
|
, oder aber es wird ein Konverter gestartet, der eine ASCII-Darstellung
|
|
erzeugt, die in etwa so aussieht wie die ursprüngliche Grafik.
|
|
Genau dies ist mit der Einfügung
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Externes Material
|
|
\family default
|
|
möglich, denn sie kennt all die notwendigen Befehle für derartige Konvertierung
|
|
en (sofern sie von LyX unterstützt werden).
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Darüberhinaus erlaubt die Einfügung
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Externes Material
|
|
\family default
|
|
aber auch die einfache Integration mit externen Betrachtern und Editoren.
|
|
So sind Sie bei einer XFig-Abbildung in der Lage, mit einem einigen Klick
|
|
XFig zu starten, um die Abbildung zu bearbeiten oder die erstellte PostScript-D
|
|
atei mit
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
ghostview
|
|
\family default
|
|
zu betrachten.
|
|
Kein langes Herumsuchen mit Dateimanagern nach den Original- und Grafikdateien
|
|
mehr, und Sie müssen sich nicht mehr an die unterschiedlichen Parameter
|
|
erinnern, die vielleicht für diese Abbildung notwendig sind, um sie in
|
|
der richtigen Größe zu erstellen.
|
|
Sie haben ohne viel Aufwand Zugriff auf eine Vielzahl von Applikationen
|
|
und können so Ihre Produktivität ungemein steigern.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
LyX besitzt also die Information über eine Vielzahl von externen Programmen,
|
|
um diese von Ihnen unbemerkt nutzen zu können und Ihnen so den größtmöglichen
|
|
Komfort zu bieten.
|
|
Und genau diese Information ist in den oben erwähnten Vorlagen gespeichert.
|
|
Jede dieser Vorlagen enthält eine Liste von Befehlen und Optionen, um externe
|
|
Programme zu starten, Formate zu konvertieren usw\SpecialChar \@.
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Ein fortgeschrittener Anwender kann mit derartigen selbst erstellten Vorlagen
|
|
die Möglichkeiten von LyX stark erweitern, ohne dazu den eigentlichen Quellcode
|
|
verändern zu müssen.
|
|
Zwar ist dazu einiges an Arbeit notwendig, um all diese Befehle festzulegen,
|
|
aber zum Glück hat das LyX-Team das in einigen Fällen ja schon getan.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Eine kleine Einschränkung gibt es aber doch: Da es wie erwähnt eine Vielzahl
|
|
möglicher Exportformate für das eingefügte Material gibt, wäre es zu vermuten,
|
|
dass man von LyX aus auch alle diese Formate als Vorschau ansehen kann.
|
|
Das LyX-Team hat sich entschlossen, das nicht zu tun, um die Benutzerschnittste
|
|
lle so einfach wie möglich zu halten.
|
|
Anstatt im Dialog für jedes mögliche Exportformat einen eigenen Knopf für
|
|
die Vorschau zu haben, wurde das Konzept des primären Formats eingeführt,
|
|
und es gibt nur einen Schalter
|
|
\family sans
|
|
in
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Ly
|
|
\begin_inset ERT
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
{}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
anzeigen
|
|
\family default
|
|
, der die Datei in genau diesem primären Format anzeigt.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Dieses Format wird durch die verwendete Dokumentenklasse festgelegt.
|
|
So ist es für die meisten Klassen LaTeX, für die DocBook-Klassen ist es
|
|
aber DocBook.
|
|
Denken Sie also daran, dass Ihnen die Vorschau lediglich das Aussehen in
|
|
diesem Hauptformat anzeigt; wenn Sie sehen wollen, wie das Ergebnis in
|
|
anderen Formaten aussieht, müssen Sie wie gewohnt die Konvertierung manuell
|
|
durchführen.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Section
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
The external template configuration file
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
It is relatively easy to add custom external template definitions to LyX.
|
|
However, be aware that doing this in a careless manner most probably
|
|
\emph on
|
|
will
|
|
\emph default
|
|
introduce an easily exploitable security hole.
|
|
So before you do this, please read the discussion about security in section
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sec:Sicherheitshinweise"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Having said that, we encourage you to submit any interesting templates that
|
|
you create.
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
The external templates are defined in the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
LyXDir/lib/external_templates
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
file.
|
|
You can place your own version in
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
UserDir/external_templates
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
A typical template looks like this:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Template XFig
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
GuiName "XFig: $$AbsOrRelPathParent$$Basename"
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
HelpText
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
An XFig figure.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
HelpTextEnd
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
InputFormat fig
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
FileFilter "*.fig"
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
AutomaticProduction true
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Transform Rotate
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Transform Resize
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Format LaTeX
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
TransformCommand Rotate RotationLatexCommand
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
TransformCommand Resize ResizeLatexCommand
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Product "$$RotateFront$$ResizeFront
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
input{$$AbsOrRelPathMaster$$Basename.pstex_t}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
$$ResizeBack$$RotateBack"
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
UpdateFormat pstex
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
UpdateResult "$$AbsPath$$Basename.pstex_t"
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Requirement "graphicx"
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
ReferencedFile latex "$$AbsOrRelPathMaster$$Basename.pstex_t"
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
ReferencedFile latex "$$AbsPath$$Basename.eps"
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
ReferencedFile dvi "$$AbsPath$$Basename.eps"
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
FormatEnd
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Format PDFLaTeX
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
TransformCommand Rotate RotationLatexCommand
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
TransformCommand Resize ResizeLatexCommand
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Product "$$RotateFront$$ResizeFront
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
input{$$AbsOrRelPathMaster$$Basename.pdftex_t}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
$$ResizeBack$$RotateBack"
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
UpdateFormat pdftex
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
UpdateResult "$$AbsPath$$Basename.pdftex_t"
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Requirement "graphicx"
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
ReferencedFile latex "$$AbsOrRelPathMaster$$Basename.pdftex_t"
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
ReferencedFile latex "$$AbsPath$$Basename.pdf"
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
FormatEnd
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Format Ascii
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Product "$$Contents(
|
|
\backslash
|
|
"$$AbsPath$$Basename.asc
|
|
\backslash
|
|
")"
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
UpdateFormat asciixfig
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
UpdateResult "$$AbsPath$$Basename.asc"
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
FormatEnd
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Format DocBook
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Product "<graphic fileref=
|
|
\backslash
|
|
"$$AbsOrRelPathMaster$$Basename.eps
|
|
\backslash
|
|
">
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
</graphic>"
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
UpdateFormat eps
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
UpdateResult "$$AbsPath$$Basename.eps"
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
ReferencedFile docbook "$$AbsPath$$Basename.eps"
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
ReferencedFile docbook-xml "$$AbsPath$$Basename.eps"
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
FormatEnd
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Product "[XFig: $$FName]"
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
FormatEnd
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
TemplateEnd
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
As you can see, the template is enclosed in
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Template
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
TemplateEnd
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
It contains a header specifying some general settings and, for each supported
|
|
primary document file format, a section
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Format
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
FormatEnd
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
The template header
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
AutomaticProduction
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
true|false
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Whether the file represented by the template must be generated by LyX.
|
|
This command must occur exactly once.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
FileFilter
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
<pattern>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
A glob pattern that is used in the file dialog to filter out the desired
|
|
files.
|
|
If there is more than one possible file extension (e.
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
g.
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
tgif has
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
.obj
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
.tgo
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
), use something like
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
"*.{obj,tgo}"
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
This command must occur exactly once.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
GuiName
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
<guiname>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
The text that is displayed on the button.
|
|
This command must occur exactly once.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
HelpText
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
<text>
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
HelpTextEnd
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
The help text that is used in the External dialog.
|
|
Provide enough information to explain to the user just what the template
|
|
can provide him with.
|
|
This command must occur exactly once.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
InputFormat
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
<format>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
The file format of the original file.
|
|
This must be the name of a format that is known to LyX (see section
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\lang ngerman
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sec:Formate"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
).
|
|
Use
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
*
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
if the template can handle original files of more than one format.
|
|
LyX will attempt to interrogate the file itself in order to deduce its
|
|
format in this case.
|
|
This command must occur exactly once.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Template
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
<id>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
A unique name for the template.
|
|
It must not contain substitution macros (see below).
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Transform
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Rotate|Resize|Clip|Extra
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
This command specifies which transformations are supported by this template.
|
|
It may occur zero or more times.
|
|
This command enables the corresponding tabs in the external dialog.
|
|
Each
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Transform
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
command must have either a corresponding
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
TransformCommand
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
or a
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
TransformOption
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
command in the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Format
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
section.
|
|
Otherwise the transformation will not be supported by that format.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
The Format section
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Format
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
LaTeX|PDFLaTeX|PlainText|DocBook
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
The primary document file format that this format definition is for.
|
|
Not every template has a sensible representation in all document file formats.
|
|
Please define nevertheless a
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Format
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
section for all templates.
|
|
Use a dummy text when no representation is available.
|
|
Then you can at least see a reference to the external material in the exported
|
|
document.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Option
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
<name>
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
<value>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
This command defines an additional macro
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
$$<name>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
for substitution in
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Product
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
<value>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
itself may contain substitution macros.
|
|
The advantage over using
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
<value>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
directly in
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Product
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
is that the substituted value of
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
$$<name>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
is sanitized so that it is a valid optional argument in the document format.
|
|
This command may occur zero or more times.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Product
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
<text>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
The text that is inserted in the exported document.
|
|
This is actually the most important command and can be quite complex.
|
|
This command must occur exactly once.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Preamble
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
<name>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
This command specifies a preamble snippet that will be included in the
|
|
LaTeX preamble.
|
|
It has to be defined using
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
PreambleDef
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
PreambleDefEnd
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
This command may occur zero or more times.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
ReferencedFile
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
<format>
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
<filename>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
This command denotes files that are created by the conversion process and
|
|
are needed for a particular export format.
|
|
If the filename is relative, it is interpreted relative to the master document.
|
|
This command may be given zero or more times.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Requirement
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
<package>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
The name of a required LaTeX package.
|
|
The package is included via
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
usepackage{}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
in the LaTeX preamble.
|
|
This command may occur zero or more times.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
TransformCommand
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Rotate
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
RotationLatexCommand
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
This command specifies that the built in LaTeX command should be used for
|
|
rotation.
|
|
This command may occur once or not at all.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
TransformCommand
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Resize
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
ResizeLatexCommand
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
This command specifies that the built in LaTeX command should be used for
|
|
resizing.
|
|
This command may occur once or not at all.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
TransformOption
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Rotate
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
RotationLatexOption
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
This command specifies that rotation is done via an optional argument.
|
|
This command may occur once or not at all.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
TransformOption
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Resize
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
ResizeLatexOption
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
This command specifies that resizing is done via an optional argument.
|
|
This command may occur once or not at all.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
TransformOption
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Clip
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
ClipLatexOption
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
This command specifies that clipping is done via an optional argument.
|
|
This command may occur once or not at all.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
TransformOption
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Extra
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
ExtraLatexOption
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
This command specifies that an extra optional argument is used.
|
|
This command may occur once or not at all.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
UpdateFormat
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
<format>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
The file format of the converted file.
|
|
This must be the name of a format that is known to LyX (see the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\bar under
|
|
\lang english
|
|
T
|
|
\bar default
|
|
ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
|
|
\bar under
|
|
P
|
|
\bar default
|
|
references\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
File Handling\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
File Format
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
dialog).
|
|
This command must occur exactly once.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
UpdateResult
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
<filename>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
The file name of the converted file.
|
|
The file name must be absolute.
|
|
This command must occur exactly once.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Preamble definitions
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
The external template configuration file may contain additional preamble
|
|
definitions enclosed by
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
PreambleDef
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
PreambleDefEnd
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
They can be used by the templates in the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Format
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
section.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Section
|
|
Der Ersetzungsmechanismus
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Wenn über die externe Einfügung ein externes Programm gestartet wird, geschieht
|
|
dies anhand eines Befehls, der in der Vorlage festgelegt wurde.
|
|
Ein solcher Befehl kann diverse Makros enthalten, die vor dem eigentlichen
|
|
Aufruf ausgewertet werden.
|
|
Die Ausführung erfolgt dabei immer in demjenigen Verzeichnis, das auch
|
|
das LyX-Dokument enthält.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Also, whenever external material is to be displayed, the name will be produced
|
|
by the substitution mechanism, and most other commands in the template
|
|
definition support substitution as well.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Hier finden Sie eine Liste dieser Makros:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
$$AbsOrRelPathMaster
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
The file path, absolute or relative to the master LyX document.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
$$AbsOrRelPathParent
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
The file path, absolute or relative to the LyX document.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
$$AbsPath
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
The absolute file path.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
$$Basename
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
The filename without path and without the extension.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
$$Contents(
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
filename.ext
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
)
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
This macro will expand to the contents of the file with the name
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
filename.ext
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
$$Extension
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
The file extension (including the dot).
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
$$FName
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
The filename of the file specified in the external material dialog.
|
|
This is either an absolute name, or it is relative to the LyX document.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
$$FPath
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
The path part of
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
$$FName
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
(absolute name or relative to the LyX document).
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
$$RelPathMaster
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
The file path, relative to the master LyX document.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
$$RelPathParent
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
The file path, relative to the LyX document.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
$$Sysdir
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
This macro will expand to the absolute path of the system directory.
|
|
This is typically used to point to the various helper scripts that are
|
|
bundled with LyX.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
$$Tempname
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
A name and full path to a temporary file which will be automatically deleted
|
|
whenever the containing document is closed, or the external material insertion
|
|
deleted.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
All path macros contain a trailing directory separator, so you can construct
|
|
e.
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
g.
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
the absolute filename with
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
$$AbsPath$$Basename$$Extension
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
The macros above are substituted in all commands unless otherwise noted.
|
|
The command
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Product
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
supports additionally the following substitutions if they are enabled by
|
|
the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Transform
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
TransformCommand
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
commands:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
$$ResizeFront
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
The front part of the resize command.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
$$ResizeBack
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
The back part of the resize command.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
$$RotateFront
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
The front part of the rotation command.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
$$RotateBack
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
The back part of the rotation command.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
The value string of the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Option
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
command supports additionally the following substitutions if they are enabled
|
|
by the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Transform
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
TransformOption
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
commands:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
$$Clip
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
The clip option.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
$$Extra
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
The extra option.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
$$Resize
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
The resize option.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
$$Rotate
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
The rotation option.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
You may ask why there are so many path macros.
|
|
There are mainly two reasons:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Relative and absolute file names should remain relative or absolute, respectivel
|
|
y.
|
|
Users may have reasons to prefer either form.
|
|
Relative names are useful for portable documents that should work on different
|
|
machines, for example.
|
|
Absolute names may be required by some programs.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
LaTeX treats relative file names differently than LyX and other programs
|
|
in nested included files.
|
|
For LyX, a relative file name is always relative to the document that contains
|
|
the file name.
|
|
For LaTeX, it is always relative to the master document.
|
|
These two definitions are identical if you have only one document, but
|
|
differ if you have a master document that includes part documents.
|
|
That means that relative filenames must be transformed when presented to
|
|
LaTeX.
|
|
Fortunately LyX does this automatically for you if you choose the right
|
|
macros.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
So which path macro should be used in new template definitions? The rule
|
|
is not difficult:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Use
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
$$AbsPath
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
if an absolute path is required.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Use
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
$$AbsOrRelPathMaster
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
if the substituted string is some kind of LaTeX input.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Else use
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
$$AbsOrRelPathParent
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
in order to preserve the user's choice.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
There are special cases where this rule does not work and e.
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
g.
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
relative names are needed, but normally it will work just fine.
|
|
One example for such a case is the command
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
ReferencedFile latex "$$AbsOrRelPathMaster$$Basename.pstex_t"
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
in the XFig template above: We can't use the absolute name because the
|
|
copier for
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
.pstex_t
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
files needs the relative name in order to rewrite the file content.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Section
|
|
Sicherheitshinweise
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
|
LatexCommand label
|
|
name "sec:Sicherheitshinweise"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
The external material feature interfaces with a lot of external programs
|
|
and does so automatically, so we have to consider the security implications
|
|
of this.
|
|
In particular, since you have the option of including your own filenames
|
|
and/or parameter strings and those are expanded into a command, it seems
|
|
that it would be possible to create a malicious document which executes
|
|
arbitrary commands when a user views or prints the document.
|
|
This is something we definitely want to avoid.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
However, since the external program commands are specified in the template
|
|
configuration file only, there are no security issues if LyX is properly
|
|
configured with safe templates only.
|
|
This is so because the external programs are invoked with the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
execvp
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
-system call rather than the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
system
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
system-call, so it's not possible to execute arbitrary commands from the
|
|
filename or parameter section via the shell.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
This also implies that you are restricted in what command strings you can
|
|
use in the external material templates.
|
|
In particular, pipes and redirection are not readily available.
|
|
This has to be so if LyX should remain safe.
|
|
If you want to use some of the shell features, you should write a safe
|
|
script to do this in a controlled manner, and then invoke the script from
|
|
the command string.
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
It is possible to design a template that interacts directly with the shell,
|
|
but since this would allow a malicious user to execute arbitrary commands
|
|
by writing clever filenames and/or parameters, we generally recommend that
|
|
you only use safe scripts that work with the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
execvp
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
system call in a controlled manner.
|
|
Of course, for use in a controlled environment, it can be tempting to just
|
|
fall back to use ordinary shell scripts.
|
|
If you do so, be aware that you
|
|
\emph on
|
|
will
|
|
\emph default
|
|
provide an easily exploitable security hole in your system.
|
|
Of course it stands to reason that such unsafe templates will never be
|
|
included in the standard LyX distribution, although we do encourage people
|
|
to submit new templates in the open source tradition.
|
|
But LyX as shipped from the official distribution channels will never have
|
|
unsafe templates.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Including external material provides a lot of power, and you have to be
|
|
careful not to introduce security hazards with this power.
|
|
A subtle error in a single line in an innocent looking script can open
|
|
the door to huge security problems.
|
|
So if you do not fully understand the issues, we recommend that you consult
|
|
a knowledgeable security professional or the LyX development team if you
|
|
have any questions about whether a given template is safe or not.
|
|
And do this before you use it in an uncontrolled environment.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Chapter
|
|
\start_of_appendix
|
|
Namen von verfügbaren Farben für die Verwendung in Layout-Dateien
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
|
LatexCommand label
|
|
name "chap:Namen-von-Farben"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Die hier aufgelisteten Farben sind die Standardfarben und die, die man in
|
|
den LyX-Voreinstellungen festlegen kann.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
none
|
|
\family roman
|
|
\series medium
|
|
\shape up
|
|
\size normal
|
|
\emph off
|
|
\bar no
|
|
\strikeout off
|
|
\uuline off
|
|
\uwave off
|
|
\noun off
|
|
\color none
|
|
No particular color -- clear or default
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
black
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
white
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
red
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
green
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
blue
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
cyan
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
magenta
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
yellow
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
cursor Cursor color
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
background Background color
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
foreground Foreground color
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
selection Background color of selected text
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
selectiontext Foreground color of selected text
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
latex Text color in LaTeX mode
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
preview The color used for previews
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
inlinecompletion Inline completion color
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
nonunique_inlinecompletion Inline completion color for the non-unique part
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
notelabel Label color for notes
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
notebg Background color of notes
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
commentlabel Label color for comments
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
commentbg Background color of comments
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
greyedoutlabel Label color for greyedout insets
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
greyedouttext Color for greyedout inset text
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
greyedoutbg Background color of greyedout inset
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
shadedbg Background color of shaded box
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
listingsbg Background color of listings inset
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
branchlabel Label color for branches
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
footlabel Label color for footnotes
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
indexlabel Label color for index insets
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
marginlabel Label color for margin notes
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
phantomtext Text color for phantom insets
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
urllabel Label color for URL insets
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
urltext Color for URL inset text
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
depthbar Color for the depth bars in the margin
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
language Color for marking foreign language words
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
command Text color for command insets
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
commandbg Background color for command insets
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
commandframe Frame color for command insets
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
special Special chars text color
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
graphicsbg Graphics inset background color
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
math Math inset text color
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
mathbg Math inset background color
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
mathmacrobg Macro math inset background color
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
mathmacrohoverbg Macro math inset background color hovered
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
mathmacrolabel Macro math label color
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
mathmacroframe Macro math frame color
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
mathmacroblend Macro math blended color
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
mathmacrooldarg Macro template color for old parameters
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
mathmacronewarg Macro template color for new parameters
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
mathframe Math inset frame color under focus
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
mathcorners Math inset frame color not under focus
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
mathline Math line color
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
collapsable Collapsable insets text
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
collapsableframe Collapsable insets frame
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
insetbg Inset marker background color
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
insetframe Inset marker frame color
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
error Error box text color
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
eolmarker End of line marker color
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
added_space Added space colour
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
appendix Appendix marker color
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
changebar Changebar color
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
deletedtext Deleted text color
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
addedtext Added text color
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
changedtextauthor1 Changed text color author 1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
changedtextauthor2 Changed text color author 2
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
changedtextauthor3 Changed text color author 3
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
changedtextauthor4 Changed text color author 4
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
changedtextauthor5 Changed text color author 5
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
deletedtextmodifier Deleted text modifying color
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
tabularline Table line color
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
tabularonoffline Table line color
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
bottomarea Bottom area color
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
newpage New page color
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
pagebreak Page break color
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
buttonframe Color used for button frame
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
buttonbg Color used for bottom background
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
buttonhoverbg Color used for buttom under focus
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
paragraphmarker Color used for the pilcrow sign to mark the end of a paragraph
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
previewframe Preview frame color
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
inherit Color is inherited
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
regexpframe Color for regexp frame
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
ignore For ignoring updates of a color
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_body
|
|
\end_document
|